Business DEX (DEX1AD):— AD_prod_breakdown | Date: 2011/05/24 11:58:01 Revision: 1.15 |
The following sections provide a detailed description on how to represent Aerospace and Defense product related information using ISO 10303-239 PLCS. This section is based on the guidelines given in the OASIS DEX "Product Breakdown for Support".
The "Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support" DEX is defined using mainly OASIS PLCS Templates. However, it also uses two Aerospace and Defense business specific Templates for the representation of S3000L Contracts. This is due to limitations in the PLCS data model (1st edition) with respect to the inability to represent contract relationships. Reference Data used in the "Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support" business DEX includes both Reference Data defined in the OASIS PLCS Reference Data Library (urn:plcs:rdl:std), and Aerospace and Defense business specific Reference Data defined in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library (urn:plcs:rdl:ad).
This DEX can be further tailored by specific parties by extending the Reference Data defined in the OASIS PLCS Reference Data Library (urn:plcs:rdl:std), and in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library (urn:plcs:rdl:ad).
A description of templates and the syntax for its instantiation is provided in the Templates Help/Information section.
A summary of the data that can be exchanged using the "Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support" DEX is described in Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support - Business Information Overview.
A detailed UML Class Model describing the data that can be exchanged using the "Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support" DEX is provided in "S3000L International procedure specification for Logistics Support Analysis LSA" chapter 20. The content of S3000L chapter 20 is to be included in this DEX as section Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support - Business Information Requirements.
A summary of how this data is represented in PLCS is illustrated in Figure 1 and is expanded in subsequent sections.
NOTE Shaded areas in a DEX diagram contain items defined elsewhere in the DEX.
Aerospace and Defense Product Breakdown for Support ISO 10303-239 representation - Table of content:
NOTE Some mandatory attributes in the S3000L data model are represented as optional templates in this DEX. The reason for this is that some S3000L attributes allows for attribute values like "Not applicable". These values are not suited to be transformed into PLCS Reference Data. Recommendation is to not instantiate the respective template when attribute values like "Not applicable" is being used.
Product and Project summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
A product is represented using the representing_part template. The
Part entity
is classified as [Product]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using the assigning_reference_data template.
A product can have one or many names and/or additional identifiers, both represented using the
assigning_identification template.
A product variant is also represented using the representing_part template,
where the Part entity is classified as [Product_variant]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
A product variant can have one or many names and additional identifiers, both represented using the
assigning_identification template.
The product variant is related to a product through the
representing_product_relationship template.
A project is represented using the representing_project template, which includes the mandatory project name. An optional project identifier can be defined using the assigning_identification template. The project is related to a contract through the template assigning_project, which also defines the role of the relationship.
A contract is represented using the business template Aerospace_and_Defense.ad_representing_contract. One or many customer and contractor organizations are assigned to the contract using the assigning_organization template. Relationships between contracts are represented using the representing_product_relationship template, which also contains a classification of the type of relationship that is established.
The Aerospace_and_Defense.ad_representing_contracted_product_variant template represents a contracted product variant, i.e. a relationship between a product variant and a contract. A contracted product variant can have, either an assigned quantity using the assigning_product_property and product_property_numeric templates, or one or many assigned blocks of serialized items using the assigning_serial_effectivity template. A user organization can be assigned to the contracted product variant using the assigning_organization template. A relationship between a user and a customer organization is represented using the representing_organization_relationship template.
Representation of a Product
Basic representation of a product and its primary identification must be done in accordance with the representing_part template. Template instantiation for a product must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #1(Figure 2) and template table: Template #2(Figure 2).
Additional product identifier(s) and product name(s) can be assigned to a product using the assigning_identification template. Template instantiation for product name(s) and additional product identifier(s) must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #3(Figure 2) and template table: Template #4(Figure 2), respectively.
Template #1 (Figure 2): representing_part | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L product as an instance of Part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
part_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The product identifier. | |
part_id_class_name | [Product_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @part_id_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned product identifier (@part_id). | |
part_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_id_class_name. | |
part_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the product identifier (@part_id). | |
part_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_org_id) that "owns" the product identifier (@part_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
part_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_org_id_class_name. | |
part_vn_id | "/NULL" | Product revision identifier.
NOTE There is no explicit product revisions in S3000L. |
|
part_vn_id_class_name | "Progression identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the assigned product revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the product revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id | "/NULL" | The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the product revision identifier (@part_vn_id).
NOTE Not applicable for S3000L. |
|
part_vn_org_id_class_name | "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_vn_org_id) that "owns" the product revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the organization identifier (@part_vn_org_id). | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. |
NOTE The Part_view_definition instantiated by template table: Template #1(Figure 2) is defined to be the placeholder for all product LSA related characteristics, including relationships and breakdown structures (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #2 (Figure 2): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Part
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #1(Figure 2) as being a product.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Product]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Part as a product. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Part. | |
items | Part | The Part being classified as a product, in accordance with S3000L. |
Template #3 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional product identifier
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The product identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Product_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the product identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the product identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The product (Part) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #4 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Product name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The product name being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Product_name]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the product name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the product name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product.Product_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The product (Part) to which the name is assigned. |
Representation of a Product variant
Basic representation of a product variant and its primary identification must be done in accordance with the representing_part template. Template instantiation for a product variant must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #6(Figure 2) and template table: Template #7(Figure 2).
Additional product variant identifier(s) and product variant name(s) can be assigned to the product variant using the assigning_identification template. Template instantiation for product variant identifiers(s) and additional product variant names(s) must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #8(Figure 2) and template table: Template #9(Figure 2), respectively.
The association between the product variant and the generic product must be represented in accordance with the representing_product_relationship template, and its instantiation must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #5(Figure 2)
Template #5 (Figure 2): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a product and a product variant.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Part | The Part representing the product variant. | |
related | Part | The Part representing the product. | |
rel_type_name | [Variant_of_product]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the Product_relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #6 (Figure 2): representing_part | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L product variant as an instance of Part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
part_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The product variant identifier. | |
part_id_class_name | [Product_variant_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @part_id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned product variant identifier (@part_id). | |
part_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_id_class_name. | |
part_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the product variant identifier (@part_id). | |
part_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_org_id) that "owns" the product variant identifier (@part_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
part_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_org_id_class_name. | |
part_vn_id | "/NULL" | Product variant revision identifier.
NOTE There is no explicit product variant revisions in S3000L. |
|
part_vn_id_class_name | "Progression identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the assigned product variant revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the product variant revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id | "/NULL" | The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the product variant revision identifier (@part_vn_id).
NOTE Not applicable for S3000L. |
|
part_vn_org_id_class_name | "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_vn_org_id) that "owns" the product variant revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the organization identifier (@part_vn_org_id). | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. |
NOTE The Part_view_definition instantiated by template table: Template #6(Figure 2) is defined to be the placeholder for all product variant LSA related characteristics, including relationships and breakdown structures (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #7 (Figure 2): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Part
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #6(Figure 2) as being a product variant.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Product_variant]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Part as a product variant. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Part. | |
items | Part | The Part being classified as a product variant, in accordance with S3000L. |
Template #8 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional product variant identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The product variant identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Product_variant_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product variant identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the product variant identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the product variant identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The product variant (Part) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #9 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Product variant name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The product variant name being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Product_variant_name]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product variant name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the product variant name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the product variant name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product_variant.Product_variant_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The product variant (Part) to which the name is assigned. |
Representation of a Contracted product variant
A contracted product variant is represented using the Aerospace_and_Defense.ad_representing_contracted_product_variant template. The number of contracted product variants can either be defined as a quantity using the assigning_product_property and product_property_numeric templates, or be defined as one or many blocks of serialized items using the assigning_serial_effectivity template. Template instantiation for a contracted product variant and its quantity/block must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #10(Figure 2), template table: Template #11(Figure 2), template table: Template #12(Figure 2) and template table: Template #13(Figure 2).
Template #10 (Figure 2): ad_representing_contracted_product_variant | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Contracted product variant establishes a relationship between the product variant and a contract under which the product variant
is being contracted.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
contract | Document | the contract (represented by entity Document) under which the product variant has been contracted. | |
product_variant | Part | The product variant (Part) being contracted. |
Template #11 (Figure 2): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Contracted quantity.
NOTE This template is mutually exclusive with the assignment of a Block_of_serialized_items as defined in template table: Template #13(Figure 2). NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | "Quantity property" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Quantity property) | The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Document_assignment | The contracted product variant (represented by entity Document_assignment) for which the quantity is defined. |
Template #12 (Figure 2): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the contracted quantity property defined in
template table:
Template #11(Figure 2)
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Contracted_product_variant.Quantity_of_contracted_product -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Default class: [Count]![]() . However, any individual or subclass of "Unit" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit) can be used. (S3000L path: @unit = Contracted_product_variant.Quantity_of_contracted_product -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Contracted_product_variant.Quantity_of_contracted_product -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) for the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #11(Figure 2) representing the quantity property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #12(Figure 2) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Template #13 (Figure 2): assigning_serial_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The contracted block of serialized items, for a certain product variant.
NOTE This template is mutually exclusive with the Quantity property defined in template table: Template #11(Figure 2). NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
start_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @start_id = Block_of_serialized_items.Serial_number_lower_bound) |
Identification of the first serialized item within the range of contracted serialized items (serial number lower bound). | |
end_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @end_id = Block_of_serialized_items.Serial_number_upper_bound) |
Identification of the last serialized item within the range of contracted serialized items (serial number upper bound). | |
role_class_name | [Block_of_serialized_items_effectivity]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the effectivity assignment (Effectivity_assignment) This provides the role for the assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @role_class_name. | |
items | Document_assignment | The contracted product variant (represented by entity Document_assignment) to which the block of serialized items is defined. |
Representation of a Contract and its Customer and Contractor
A contract is represented using the Aerospace_and_Defense.ad_representing_contract business template. This basic representation of a contract includes a contract identifier. Optional assignment of one or many additional contract identifiers is done using the assigning_identification template.
One or many customer and contractor organizations can be assigned to the contract using the assigning_organization template. Basic representation of a customer, or a contractor, includes its organization name. Optional assignment of one or many organization identifiers is done using the assigning_identification template..
Template instantiation for a contract and its contractor and customer organizations must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #15(Figure 2), template table: Template #16(Figure 2), template table: Template #17(Figure 2), template table: Template #18(Figure 2), template table: Template #19(Figure 2) and template table: Template #20(Figure 2).
Template #15 (Figure 2): ad_representing_contract | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L contract.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
contract_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The contract identifier. | |
contract_id_class_name |
"Contract identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Contract identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @contract_id_class_name = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the contract identifier (@contract_id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
contract_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_id_ecl_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@contract_id_class_name) used to classify the contract identifier (@contract_id). | |
contract_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the Organization that owns the contract identifier (@contract_id). | |
contract_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id_class_name = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
contract_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id_ecl_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class used to classify the Organization identifier (@contract_org_id). |
Template #16 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional contract identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The contract identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Contract identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Contract identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @contract_id_class_name = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the contract identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_id_ecl_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the contract identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the contract identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id_class_name = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @contract_org_id_ecl_id = Contract.Contract_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Document | The contract (represented by entity Document) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #17 (Figure 2): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Contractor for the contract. The contractor is identified through its organization name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Contractor.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
Name of the contractor organization. | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Contractor.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the name of the contractor organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Contractor.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@org_id_class_name) used to classify the contractor organization name (@org_id). | |
org_assgn_class_name | "Contractor" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Contractor) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Document | The contract (represented by entity Document) to which the contractor is assigned. |
Template #18 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Contractor identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The contractor identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the contractor identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification, eg "CAGE_code". | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the contractor identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the contractor identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Contractor.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Organization | The contractor organization (Organization) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #19 (Figure 2): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Customer of the contract. The customer is identified through its organization name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Customer.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
Name of the customer organization | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Customer.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the name of the customer organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Customer.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@org_id_class_name) used to classify the customer organization name (@org_id). | |
org_assgn_class_name | "Contractee" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Contractee) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Document | The contract (represented by entity Document) to which the customer is assigned. |
Template #20 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Customer identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The customer identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the customer identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification, eg "CAGE_code". | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the customer identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the customer identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Customer.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Organization | The customer organization (Organization) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Representation of a User organization
A user organization is represented using the assigning_organization template, and the relationship between a user and a customer organization is represented using the representing_organization_relationship template.
Template instantiation for a user organizations and the relationship between a user and customer organizations must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #21(Figure 2), template table: Template #22(Figure 2) and template table: Template #23(Figure 2).
Template #21 (Figure 2): representing_organization_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the customer organization and the user organization.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Organization | The Organization entity representing the customer organization | |
related | Organization | The Organization entity representing the user organization | |
rel_type_name | [Associated_user_organization]![]() |
The name of the Class being used to classify the Organization_relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #22 (Figure 2): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional user organization related to the contracted product variant. The user organization is identified through its organization
name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = User.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
Name of the user organization | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = User.Organization_name-> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the name of the user organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = User.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@org_id_class_name) used to classify the user organization name (@org_id). | |
org_assgn_class_name | "User of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:User of) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Document_assignment | The contracted product variant (represented by entity Document_assignment) to which the user organization is assigned. |
Template #23 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | User organization identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The user organization identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the user organization identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification, eg CAGE code. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the user organization identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the user organization identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = User.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Organization | The user organization (Organization) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Representation of a Contract relationship
A contract relationship is represented using the representing_product_relationship template and must be instantiated in accordance with the rules defined in template table: Template #24(Figure 2).
Template #24 (Figure 2): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between contracts, e.g. sub-contract or related contract.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Document | The relating contract (represented by entity Document). | |
related | Document | The related contract (represented by entity Document). | |
rel_type_name | [Contract_relationship]![]() or subclass thereof (S3000L path: @rel_type_name = Contract_relationship.Contract_relationship_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the contract relationship. This provides the role or reason for the contract relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @rel_type_ecl_id = Contract_relationship.Contract_relationship_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Representation of a Project
A project is represented using the representing_project template , which includes the name of the project. An optional project identifier can be defined using the assigning_identification template. The project is related to a contract through the template assigning_project, which also defines the role of the relationship. Template instantiation must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #25(Figure 2), template table: Template #26(Figure 2) and template table: Template #27(Figure 2).
Template #25 (Figure 2): assigning_project | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a contract and the project.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
assigned_project | Project | The project which is related to the contract. | |
role_class | [Project_related_contract]![]() |
The name of the Class being used to define the type of relationship that is established between the project and the contract. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @role_class. | |
items | Document | The contract (represented by entity Document) to which the project is related. |
Template #26 (Figure 2): representing_project | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L project. The project is identified through its project name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
name | (?)
(S3000L path: @name = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name of the Project. | |
name_class |
"Project name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Project name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @name_class = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the Project name (@name). | |
name_class_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @name_class_ecl_id = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @name_class. | |
name_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @name_owner = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the project name. | |
name_owner_class |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @name_owner_class = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
name_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @name_owner_ecl_id = Project.Project_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @name_owner_class. |
Template #27 (Figure 2): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Project identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The project identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Project identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Project identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the project identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the project identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the project identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Project.Project_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Project | The project (Project) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Breakdown structure summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Breakdown structure representation
The representation described in this section covers breakdown structures consisting of hardware, software and/or aggregated elements.
NOTE The representation of zonal breakdowns using zone elements is basically the same, but zonal breakdowns and zone elements are represented using zone specific templates, which in turn uses zone specific PLCS entities (see section Breakdown Zone Element).
A breakdown (Breakdown) and its revision (Breakdown_version) is represented using the representing_breakdown template. The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) can have an associated creation date and an associated revision status, represented using the assigning_calendar_date and assigning_approval templates, respectively.
A Breakdown is always defined for a specific product (see template table: Template #1(Figure 2)). Type of breakdown is determined by the representing_breakdown template input parameter "@bkdn_type".
The different types of Breakdown_elements that can be used in a breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) are described in detail under section Hardware Element Realization, Software Element Realization, and Breakdown Aggregated Element, respectively.
Parent - child relationships between Breakdown_elements included in the same breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), are defined using the representing_breakdown_structure template. Each parent - child relationship can have an assigned installation location description using the assigning_descriptor template, and an associated quantity of child elements property using the assigning_product_property template.
One and the same Breakdown_element can be included in multiple Breakdowns and/or Breakdown_versions (i.e. revisions) thereof, using either the same Breakdown_element_definition or different Breakdown_element_definitions.
NOTE Implementors of this DEX must have good understanding of how breakdown elements are being represented using the following PLCS entities; Breakdown_element, Breakdown_element_version and Breakdown_element_definition, respectively
The Breakdown_element_definition used in a breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), can be the same Breakdown_element_definition that is instantiated as placeholder for the Breakdown_element LSA characteristics (see the respective breakdown element chapter). However, this must only be the case if the breakdown and its revision are defined during LSA. If the breakdown and its revision (Breakdown_version) is defined during e.g. engineering then must the Breakdown_element_definition as defined by engineering, be used instead. This means that the Breakdown_element_definition that is used to the include a breakdown element in a breakdown revision, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate.
Representation of a Breakdown and its revision
Template instantiation for a breakdown and its revision must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #36(Figure 3) template table: Template #38(Figure 3), and template table: Template #39(Figure 3).
Template #36 (Figure 3): representing_breakdown | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of breakdown and breakdown revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier & Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The breakdown identifier. A breakdown in the ASD business context is identified by concatenating the product identifier and the breakdown type. |
|
id_class_name | "Breakdown identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the breakdown identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @id_class_name. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the breakdown identifier (@id). | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@id_owner). For example CAGE code, or organization name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @id_owner_class_name. | |
bkdn_type | Any subclass of
"Breakdown"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown)
(S3000L path: @bkdn_type = Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class that defines the type of breakdown being defined. | |
bkdn_type_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @bkdn_type_ecl_id = Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @bkdn_type. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The breakdown revision identifier. | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the breakdown revision identifier (@vn_id). This provides the role or reason for the identification. | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the breakdown revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@vn_id_owner). For example CAGE code, or organization name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @vn_id_owner_class_name. | |
of_product | Part_view_definition | Part_view_definition of the S3000L product for which the breakdown has been defined.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced can be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #38 (Figure 3): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Breakdown revision creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day= Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #39 (Figure 3): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the identified breakdown revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as "Any subclass of" of a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status).
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified breakdown revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the breakdown revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the breakdown (See template table: Template #36(Figure 3)). |
Representation of the Breakdown structure
Template instantiation for organizing breakdown elements used in a breakdown revision, and describing its location and quantities, must follow the rules defined in template table: Template #40(Figure 3) template table: Template #41(Figure 3), template table: Template #42(Figure 3), and template table: Template #43(Figure 3).
Template #40 (Figure 3): representing_breakdown_structure | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Parent-child relationship between two breakdown elements used in the same revision of a breakdown.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type_name | "Breakdown element usage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element usage) | The name of the Class used to classify the element usage. | |
rel_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type_name. | |
parent | Breakdown_element_definition | The immediate parent element in the breakdown structure, represented by one of its
Breakdown_element_definitions.
NOTE The @parent input parameter can relate to the Breakdown_element_definition that has been instantiated as placeholder for the Breakdown_element LSA characteristics. However, there can also be situations where the Breakdown_element_definition used in the breakdown structure is defined during e.g. engineering. This implies that the Breakdown_element_definition for the inclusion of a breakdown element in a breakdown, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate. |
|
child | Breakdown_element_definition | The immediate child element in the breakdown structure, represented by one of its
Breakdown_element_definitions.
NOTE The @child input parameter can relate to the Breakdown_element_definition that has been instantiated as placeholder for the Breakdown_element LSA characteristics. However, there can also be situations where the Breakdown_element_definition used in the breakdown structure is defined during e.g. engineering. This implies that the Breakdown_element_definition for the inclusion of a breakdown element in a breakdown, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate. |
Template #41 (Figure 3): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Installation description.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_structure.Installation_description -> Descr.Description) |
Text describing the installation (position) of a breakdown element within the overall breakdown. | |
class_name | [Installation_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Breakdown_element_usage | The entity instance representing the parent-child relationship between two breakdown elements. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the installation description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #42 (Figure 3): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Quantity of child elements
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | "Quantity property" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Quantity property) | The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_usage | The entity instance representing the parent-child relationship (Breakdown_element_usage) between two breakdown elements. |
Template #43 (Figure 3): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the quantity of child elements defined in
template table:
Template #42(Figure 3)
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Default class: [Count]![]() . However, any individual or subclass of "Unit" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit) can be used. (S3000L path: @unit = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #42(Figure 3) representing the quantity of child elements property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the quantity property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #43(Figure 3) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Part summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Part is an abstract class that has to be instantiated as either a hardware part, or as a software part. A more detailed description of hardware parts and software parts are given in the Hardware Part and Software Part sections, respectively.
Both hardware and software parts have the following characterizations:
Representation of material is described in section Material below.
Hardware Part
Hardware part inherited characterizations
A hardware part is represented as a Part
using the representing_part template. The
Part is
classified as [Hardware_part]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using the assigning_reference_data template.
A hardware part inherits the following properties and relations defined under section Part summary above:
Hardware part specific characterizations
A hardware part can also have a set of characterizations which are specific to the hardware part.
Finally, hardware parts can have one or many defined operational authorized life's.
Each defined operational authorized life is represented as a property using the
assigning_product_property template. This template holds the name
[Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
,
and one or many value representations using the
product_property_limit template
(although other value representations can be used instead, see section
Data Type - Prp).
Operational authorized life with more than one value representation is to be considered as having alternate values
(e.g. "200 flight hours" or "6 months"). Alternate value representations must be related
using the property_value_relationship template, where the relationship is classified as
[Alternative_value_representation]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
Each value representation must also be associated with an authorizing organization, represented using the
assigning_approval template.
Template #50 (Figure 4): representing_part | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
part_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware part identifier. | |
part_id_class_name |
"Part identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned hardware part identifier (@part_id). | |
part_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_id_class_name. | |
part_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the hardware part identifier (@part_id). | |
part_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_org_id) that "owns" the hardware part identifier (@part_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
part_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_org_id_class_name. | |
part_vn_id | "/NULL" | Hardware part revision identifier.
NOTE There is no explicit part revisions in S3000L. |
|
part_vn_id_class_name | "Progression identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the assigned hardware part revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the hardware part revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id | "/NULL" | The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the hardware part revision identifier (@part_vn_id).
NOTE Not applicable for S3000L. |
|
part_vn_org_id_class_name | "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_vn_org_id) that "owns" the hardware part revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the organization identifier (@part_vn_org_id). | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. |
NOTE The Part_view_definition instantiated by template table: Template #50(Figure 4) is defined to be the placeholder for all hardware part LSA related characteristics, including relationships and parts list entries (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #51 (Figure 4): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Part
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #50(Figure 4) as being a hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Hardware_part]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Part as a hardware part. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Part. | |
items | Part | The Part being classified as a hardware part, in accordance with S3000L. |
Template #52 (Figure 4): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware part name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware part name being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Part name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the hardware part name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the hardware part name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the hardware part name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The hardware part (Part) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #53 (Figure 4): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional identifier for the hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware part identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Part identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the hardware part identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the hardware part identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the hardware part identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The hardware part (Part) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #54 (Figure 4): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of special handling requirements for the part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Hardware_part.Part_special_handling -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the special handling requirements for the hardware part. | |
class_name | [Part_special_handling_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the description of special handling requirements is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #55 (Figure 4): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Part maturity.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [New_developed_part]![]() , [Major_modified_part] ![]() , [Moderate_modified_part] ![]() , [Common_of_the_shelf_part] ![]() , or [Government_furnished_part] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Part_maturity -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the hardware part maturity. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which part maturity is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If part maturity (
template table:
Template #55(Figure 4))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to
"Part maturity classification"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part maturity classification), or subclass thereof.
Template #56 (Figure 4): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for part maturity classification
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #55(Figure 4), which assigns part maturity to the hardware part. |
Template #57 (Figure 4): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of part obsolescence risk assessment.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Hardware_part.Part_obsolescence_risk_assessment -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the part obsolescence risk assessment. | |
class_name | [Part_obsolescence_risk_assessment]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the part obsolescence risk assessment is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the part obsolescence risk assessment can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #58 (Figure 4): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Part demilitarization classification.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Part_demilitarization_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the part demilitarization classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #58(Figure 4) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if part demilitarization classification can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #59 (Figure 4): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for part demilitarization classification
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #59(Figure 4), which assigns part demilitarization classification to the hardware part. |
Template #60 (Figure 4): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Part logistics category.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Spare_part]![]() , [Support_equipment] ![]() , [Consumable_part] ![]() , [Training_equipment] ![]() , or [Facility] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_logistics_category -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the hardware part logistics category. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the logistics category is defined.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If logistics category (
template table:
Template #60(Figure 4))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Part_logistics_category_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Template #61 (Figure 4): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Repairability classification.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Repairable_part]![]() or [Discardable_part] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Repairability -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the hardware part repairability. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part_view_definition)
to which the repairability classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If repairability classification (
template table:
Template #61(Figure 4))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to
"Part repairability"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part repairability), or subclass thereof.
Template #62 (Figure 4): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Repairability strategy.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Repairability_strategy -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Part_repairability_strategy_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the part repairability strategy is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #62(Figure 4) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if part repairability strategy can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #63 (Figure 4): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware part maintenance start, defining when the maintenance clock starts ticking for a hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Scheduled_maintenance_initiated_at_delivery_part]![]() , [Scheduled_maintenance_initiated_at_installation_in_assembly_part] ![]() , [Scheduled_maintenance_initiated_at_installation_in_end_item_part] ![]() or [Scheduled_maintenance_initiated_at_production_part] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_maintenance_start -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the hardware part maintenance start. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the maintenance start classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If hardware part maintenance start (
template table:
Template #63(Figure 4))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Part_maintenance_start_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Template #64 (Figure 4): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Material hazardous classification for the hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_material_hazardous_class -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [United_nations_substance_identification_number]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the part material hazardous classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #64(Figure 4) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if material hazardous classification can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #65 (Figure 4): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for material hazardous classification
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_material_hazardous_class -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_material_hazardous_class -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_material_hazardous_class -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #64(Figure 4), which assigns material hazardous classification to the hardware part. |
Template #66 (Figure 4): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of waste products in use disposal.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_waste_products_in_use_disposal_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the disposal of waste products in use. | |
class_name | [Waste_products_in_use_disposal_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #67 (Figure 4): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of waste products planned disposal.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_waste_products_planned_disposal_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the planned disposal of waste products. | |
class_name | [Waste_products_planned_disposal_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section DataType - Descr.
Template #68 (Figure 4): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of environment aspects which needs to be considered during use of the hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_in_use -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Part_environmental_aspect_in_use_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the environment aspect is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #68(Figure 4) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if environment aspect classification can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #69 (Figure 4): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date of classification of environmental aspect in use.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_in_use -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_in_use -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_in_use -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #68(Figure 4), which assigns the classification of environmental aspect in use to the hardware part. |
Template #70 (Figure 4): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of environment aspect which needs to considered during planned disposal of the hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_planned_disposal -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Part_environmental_aspect_planned_disposal_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the environment aspect is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #70(Figure 4) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if environment aspect classification can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #71 (Figure 4): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date of classification of environmental aspect planned disposal.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_planned_disposal -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_planned_disposal -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_environmental_aspect_class_planned_disposal -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #70(Figure 4), which assigns the classification of environmental aspect planned disposal to the hardware part. |
Template #72 (Figure 4): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware part scrap rate.
NOTE Parameter value below defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Hardware_part_scrap_rate]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the scrap rate is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #73 (Figure 4): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Scrap rate value expressed as a percentage.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @limit = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_scrap_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Percent]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #72(Figure 4) representing the scrap rate property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #73(Figure 4) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Template #74 (Figure 4): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware part operational authorized life.
NOTE Alternative operational authorized life values can be represented as multiple representations (see template table: Template #75(Figure 4)). NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the hardware part (Part)
to which the operational authorized life is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #75 (Figure 4): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for operational authorized life.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @limit = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | "maximum" | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass of [EventUnit]![]() (S3000L path: @unit = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Hardware_part.Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #74(Figure 4) representing the operational authorized life property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
Template #76 (Figure 4): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Authorization of the defined operational authorized life.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | "Approved" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approved) | The name of the Class used to classify the status of the authorization. | |
status_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Assigned_property | The operational authorized life (Assigned_property) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that authorized the defined operational authorized life. |
Template #77 (Figure 4): representing_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The organization authorizing the defined operational authorized life.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Hardware_part -> Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization.name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the authorizing organization. | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Hardware_part -> Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Organization.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the Class being used to classify the name or identifier of the authorizing organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_part -> Hardware_part_operational_authorized_life -> Organization.Organization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @org_id_class_name. |
Template #79 (Figure 4): representing_alternate_part_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a base hardware part and an alternate hardware part.
NOTE There must be one relationship for each new alternate hardware part. NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
base_part | Part | The Part for which an alternate is specified. | |
alternate_part | Part | The Part that may replace in all its usages, the base part. |
Software Part
Software part inherited characterizations
A software part is represented as a Part
using the representing_part template. The
Part is
classified as [Software_part]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using assigning_reference_data.
A software part inherits the following properties and relations defined under section Part summary above:
Software part specific characterizations
A software part can also have a set of characterizations which are specific to the software part.
NOTE The representing_part template which instantiates the software part, does also include the instantiation of the software release attribute.
NOTE
The assigning_reference_data template that classifies
a part as being a [Software_part]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, also includes the software type classification
as defined subclasses of [Software_part]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
Template #80 (Figure 5): representing_part | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L software part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
part_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The software part identifier. | |
part_id_class_name |
"Part identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_id_class_name = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned software part identifier (@part_id). | |
part_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_id_class_name. | |
part_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the software part identifier (@part_id). | |
part_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_class_name = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_org_id) that "owns" the software part identifier (@part_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
part_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_org_id_class_name. | |
part_vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_vn_id = Software_part.Software_release-> Id.Identifier) |
Software release identifier. | |
part_vn_id_class_name | [Software_release_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @part_vn_id_class_name = Software_part.Software_release-> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the assigned software release identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_vn_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Software_release-> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the software release identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_vn_org_id = Software_part.Software_release -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the software release identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_vn_org_id_class_name = Software_part.Software_release -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_vn_org_id) that "owns" the software revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_vn_org_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Software_release -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the organization identifier (@part_vn_org_id). | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. |
NOTE The Part_view_definition instantiated by template table: Template #80(Figure 5) is defined to be the placeholder for all software part LSA related characteristics, including relationships and parts list entries (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #81 (Figure 5): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Part
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #80(Figure 5) as being a software part,
or any of its specializations (software type).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Software_part]![]() or any of its specializations [Embedded_software_part] ![]() and [Loadable_software_part] ![]() , respectively. (S3000L path: @class_name = Software_part.Software_type-> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Part as a software part (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Part. | |
items | Part | The Part being classified as a software part (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
Template #82 (Figure 5): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional software part identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The software part identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Part identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the software part identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the software part identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the software part identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The software part (Part) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #83 (Figure 5): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Software part name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The software part name being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Part name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the software part name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the software part name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the software part name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Software_part.Part_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The software part (Part) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #84 (Figure 5): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of special handling requirements for the software part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Software_part.Part_special_handling -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the special handling requirements for the software part. | |
class_name | [Part_special_handling_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the description of special handling requirements is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #85 (Figure 5): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Part maturity.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [New_developed_part]![]() , [Major_modified_part] ![]() , [Moderate_modified_part] ![]() , [Common_of_the_shelf_part] ![]() , or [Government_furnished_part] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Software_part.Part_maturity -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the software part maturity. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the part maturity is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If part maturity (
template table:
Template #85(Figure 5))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to
"Part maturity classification"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part maturity classification), or subclass thereof.
Template #86 (Figure 5): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for part maturity classification
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Software_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Software_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Software_part.Part_maturity -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #85(Figure 5), which assigns part maturity to the software part. |
Template #87 (Figure 5): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of software part obsolescence risk assessment.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Software_part.Part_obsolescence_risk_assessment -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the software part obsolescence risk assessment. | |
class_name | [Part_obsolescence_risk_assessment]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the software part obsolescence risk assessment is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #88 (Figure 5): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Part demilitarization classification.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Part_demilitarization_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the part demilitarization classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #88(Figure 5) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if part demilitarization classification can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #89 (Figure 5): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for part demilitarization classification
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Software_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Software_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Software_part.Part_demilitarization_code -> Classification.Classification_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The instance of Classification_assignment that is instantiated in template table: Template #88(Figure 5), which assigns part demilitarization classification to the software part. |
Template #90 (Figure 5): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Actual software size.
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Actual_software_size]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the actual software size is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #91 (Figure 5): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the actual software size property.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Software_part.Actual_software_size -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Byte]![]() , [Kilobyte] ![]() , [Megabyte] ![]() , [Gigabyte] ![]() , or [Terabyte] ![]() (S3000L path: @unit = Software_part.Actual_software_size -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #90(Figure 5) representing the actual software size property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp below.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #91(Figure 5) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Template #92 (Figure 5): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Actual number of lines of code.
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Actual_number_of_lines_of_code]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the actual number of lines of code is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #93 (Figure 5): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the actual number of lines of code property.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Software_part.Actual_number_of_lines_of_code -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #92(Figure 5) representing the actual number of lines of code property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp below.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #93(Figure 5) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Template #94 (Figure 5): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Actual software complexity code
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_part.Actual_software_complexity_code -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Software_complexity_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad"
(S3000L path: @ecl_id = Software_part.Actual_software_complexity_code -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Software_complexity_classification_code] |
|
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the software complexity code is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #94(Figure 5) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if software complexity can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #95 (Figure 5): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the software technology used to realize the software part under consideration.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Software_part.Software_technology -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the software technology. | |
class_name | [Software_technology_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the software part (Part)
to which the software technology description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described under section Data Type - Descr below.
Template #96 (Figure 5): representing_alternate_part_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a base software part and an alternate software part.
NOTE There must be one relationship for each new alternate software part. NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
base_part | Part | The Part for which an alternate is specified. | |
alternate_part | Part | The Part that may replace in all its usages, the base part. |
Material
Material is represented as a Part,
using the representing_part template. The Part
is classified as
[Material]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using the assigning_reference_data template.
Material can have the following characterizations:
The relationship between material and a hardware part (see section Hardware Part) is represented using the representing_view_definition_usage template. An optional justification of the use of the material can be given, using the assigning_justification template. The quantity of the material used in the hardware part can be defined, using the assigning_product_property and product_property_numeric templates.
Template #100 (Figure 6): representing_part | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an S3000L material.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
part_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The material identifier. | |
part_id_class_name | [Material_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @part_id_class_name = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned material identifier (@part_id). | |
part_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_id_ecl_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_id_class_name. | |
part_org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the material identifier (@part_id). | |
part_org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_class_name = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_org_id) that "owns" the software part identifier (@part_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
part_org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @part_org_id_ecl_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @part_org_id_class_name. | |
part_vn_id | "/NULL" | Material revision identifier.
NOTE There is no explicit material revisions in S3000L. |
|
part_vn_id_class_name | "Progression identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the assigned material revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the material revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id | "/NULL" | The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the material revision identifier (@part_vn_id).
NOTE Not applicable for S3000L. |
|
part_vn_org_id_class_name | "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@part_vn_org_id) that "owns" the material revision identifier (@part_vn_id). | |
part_vn_org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class used to classify the organization identifier (@part_vn_org_id). | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. |
NOTE The Part_view_definition instantiated by template table: Template #1(Figure 2) is defined to be the placeholder for all material LSA related characteristics.
Template #101 (Figure 6): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Part
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #100(Figure 6) as being a material.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Material]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Part as a material. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Part. | |
items | Part | The Part being classified as material, in accordance with S3000L. |
Template #102 (Figure 6): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional material identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The material identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Material_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the material identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the material identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the material identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Material.Material_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The material (Part) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #103 (Figure 6): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Material name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The material name being assigned. | |
id_class_name | [Material_name]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the material name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the material name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the material name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Material.Material_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Part | The material (Part) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #104 (Figure 6): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the Material.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Material.Material_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the material. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the materiel (Part)
to which the description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #105 (Figure 6): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of risk associated with the handling or transportation of the material (substance).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Material.Material_risk_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the risk associated with the material. | |
class_name | [Material_risk_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the materiel (Part)
to which the risk description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #106 (Figure 6): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Material substance usage category.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name |
[Material_authorized_with_limitation]![]() , [Material_authorized_with_no_limitation] ![]() , or [Forbidden_material] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Material.Material_substance_usage_category -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the material substance usage category. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the materiel (Part)
to which the material substance usage category is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If material substance usage category (
template table:
Template #106(Figure 6))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Material_usage_limitation_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Template #107 (Figure 6): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of material risk factor
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Material.Material_risk_factor -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Material_risk_factor_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Material_risk_factor_classification_code] |
|
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the materiel (Part)
to which the material risk factor is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #107(Figure 6) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if material risk factor can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Part view definition" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Part view definition).
Template #108 (Figure 6): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Date for latest changes of material characteristics data.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Material.Material_characteristics_recording_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Material.Material_characteristics_recording_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Material.Material_characteristics_recording_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the materiel (Part)
to which the material characteristics recording date is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #109 (Figure 6): representing_view_definition_usage | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship defining material usage in a hardware part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating_product | Part_view_definition | The hardware part in which the material is used.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
|
related_product | Part_view_definition | The material contained in the hardware part.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
|
class_name | [Hardware_part_material_usage]![]() |
The name of the External_class that determines the role of the relationship between the relating_product and the related_product. | |
class_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identification of the External_class_library storing the External_class given by the input parameter @class_name. |
Template #110 (Figure 6): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Quantity of the material contained in the hardware part.
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | "Quantity property" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Quantity property) | The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | View_definition_usage | The View_definition_usage that represents the relationship between the material and the hardware part. |
Template #111 (Figure 6): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the quantity property defined in
template table:
Template #110(Figure 6).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Hardware_part_material_usage.Quantity_of_material_included_in_hardware_part -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Default class: [Count]![]() . However, any individual or subclass of "Unit" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit) can be used. (S3000L path: @unit = Hardware_part_material_usage.Quantity_of_material_included_in_hardware_part -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Hardware_part_material_usage.Quantity_of_material_included_in_hardware_part -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #110(Figure 6) representing the quantity property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp below.
NOTE The product_property_numeric template defined in template table: Template #111(Figure 6) can be replaced by the usage of either of the following templates:
Template #112 (Figure 6): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Justification of material usage in the hardware part
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | View_definition_usage | The View_definition_usage that represents the relationship between the material and the hardware part. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Hardware_part_material_usage.Material_usage_justification_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the justification of the material usage in the hardware part. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the justification of the material usage in the hardware part, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Parts List Entry
Parts can be organized into parts lists, i.e. parts can consist of other parts. This applies to both hardware parts and software parts.
A parts list entry can have the following characterizations:
Template #120 (Figure 7): representing_promissory_usage | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the top level part (assembly part) and one of its constituent part.
The relationship is used to represent one parts list entry at the time, which at the end defines a complete bill
of material for the assembly part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
top_level_part | Part_view_definition | The view definition for the top level part (assembly part).
NOTE
Parts list can be defined using the same view definition that has been defined for the LSA characteristics of the
Part
(defined in
template table:
Template #50(Figure 4) for a hardware part, and in
template table:
Template #80(Figure 5) for a software part). |
|
constituent_part | Part_view_definition | The view definition for the constituent part.
NOTE
Parts list can be defined using the same view definition that has been defined for the LSA characteristics of the
Part
(defined in
template table:
Template #50(Figure 4) for a hardware part, and in
template table:
Template #80(Figure 5) for a software part). |
|
quantity | (?)
(S3000L path: @quantity = Parts_list_entry.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The quantity of the child in parent assembly. If unspecified, '1' is assumed. | |
location_indicator | "/NULL" | A string indicating the location of the child in the parent, e.g. right wing. | |
unit | Default class: [Count]![]() . However, any individual or subclass of "Unit" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit) can be used. (S3000L path: @unit = Parts_list_entry.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class used to represent the unit of the corresponding quantity. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Parts_list_entry.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". |
Template #121 (Figure 7): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the relationship between the top level part (assembly part) and its constituent part, as a "Parts list entry".
The classification also includes the definition of whether the constituent part is "Interchangeable" or "Replaceable".
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Parts_list_entry]![]() (if S3000L attribute Physical replaceability = 'N/A'), or any of its specializations [Interchangeable_parts_list_entry] ![]() and [Replaceable_parts_list_entry] ![]() , respectively (S3000L path: @class_name = Parts_list_entry.Physical_replaceability -> Class.Class_name |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the "Replaceability"/"Interchangeability" for a parts list entry. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Promissory_usage | The Promissory_usage being classified as a parts list entry. |
Template #123 (Figure 7): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Replaceability strategy
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Parts_list_entry.Replaceability_strategy -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Replaceability_strategy_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Replaceability_strategy_classification_code] |
|
items | Promissory_usage | The parts list entry (Promissory_usage) defined in template table: Template #120(Figure 7) |
NOTE The assigning_code template defined in template table: Template #123(Figure 7) can be replaced by the assigning_reference_data template, if replaceability strategy can be defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of "Promissory usage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Promissory usage) and preferably be a subclass of the classes defined in template table: Template #121(Figure 7).
Template #124 (Figure 7): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Identification of the parts list entry, e.g. a position in a bill of material.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The identification of the parts list entry. | |
id_class_name | [Parts_list_entry_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the parts list entry identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the parts list entry identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier of the organization that "owns" the parts list entry identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Parts_list_entry.Parts_list_entry_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Promissory_usage | The parts list entry (Promissory_usage) instantiated by template table: Template #120(Figure 7). |
Template #125 (Figure 7): representing_assembly_relationship_substitution | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a base part and a substitute part in the parts list for the base part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
base_rel | Promissory_usage | The parts list entry (Promissory_usage) that can be substituted. | |
subst_rel | Promissory_usage | The parts list entry (Promissory_usage) that can be used in place of the base parts list entry (@base_rel). |
Template #126 (Figure 7): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Identification of the parts list entry substitution relationship.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The identification of the parts list entry substitution relationship. | |
id_class_name | [Parts_list_entry_substitution_identification_code]![]() or subclass thereof. (S3000L path: @id_class_name = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the parts list entry substitution relationship identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the parts list entry substitution relationship identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the parts list entry substitution relationship identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Substitute_part_relationship.Parts_list_entry_substitute_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Assembly_relationship_substitution | The parts list entry substitution relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution) instantiated by template table: Template #125(Figure 7). |
Breakdown Element Realization - Summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Instantiation of both hardware and software breakdown elements, its identification, revision, and inclusion in a breakdown revision is done using the representing_breakdown_element template.
NOTE Each instance of Breakdown_element must be included in at least one breakdown revision (i.e. Breakdown_version). The representing_breakdown_element input parameter "@bkdn_rev" relates the Breakdown_element_definition to the breakdown revision(s) (Breakdown_version) where the Breakdown_element is used.
Both hardware and software elements can have the following characterizations:
Relationships between Breakdown_elements (e.g. Breakdown_elements used in different Breakdowns), are represented using the representing_product_relationship template.
NOTE One and the same Breakdown_element kan be included in multiple Breakdowns and/or Breakdown_versions (i.e. revisions) thereof, using either the same Breakdown_element_definition or different Breakdown_element_definitions.
Hardware Element Realization
Hardware element inherited characterizations
A hardware element is represented using the representing_breakdown_element template,
as described in the Breakdown Element Realization Summary section above.
The instantiated Breakdown_element is
classified as [Hardware_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, using
the assigning_reference_data template. The same assigning_reference_data
template instance is also used to define the hardware element type, since hardware element types are
defined as specializations of [Hardware_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
in the Reference Data Library.
A hardware element inherits the following properties and relations defined under section Breakdown Element Realization Summary:
Relationships between a hardware element and any other Breakdown_element (e.g. a Breakdown_element used in a different Breakdown), is represented using the representing_product_relationship template.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition used in a breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), can be the same Breakdown_element_definition as is instantiated as placeholder for the hardware element (Breakdown_element) LSA characteristics. But this must only be the case if the breakdown and its revision is defined during LSA. However, if the breakdown and its revision (Breakdown_version) is defined during e.g. engineering then must the Breakdown_element_definition as defined by engineering, be used instead. This also means that the Breakdown_element_definition that is used to the include a hardware element in a breakdown revision, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate.
Hardware element specific characterizations
The following specific characterizations applies to hardware elements:
Template #130 (Figure 8): representing_breakdown_element | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element and its revision.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by this template can also represent the "Breakdown_element_usage_in_breakdown" class in S3000L, depending on whether the breakdown is defined by engineering or as part of the LSA. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware element identifier. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned hardware element identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the hardware element identifier (@id). | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@id_owner) that "owns" the hardware element identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_owner_class_name. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware element revision identifier. | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned hardware element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the hardware element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@vn_id_owner) that "owns" the hardware element revision identifier (@vn_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @vn_id_owner_class_name. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
bkdn_vn | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) of which this hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version) is a constituent. |
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by template table: Template #130(Figure 8) is defined to be the placeholder for all breakdown element LSA related characteristics, including relationships and its usage in breakdowns (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #131 (Figure 8): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional hardware element identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware element identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the hardware element identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the hardware element identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the hardware element identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The hardware element (Breakdown_element) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #132 (Figure 8): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The hardware element name being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the hardware element name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the hardware element name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the hardware element name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Hardware_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The hardware element (Breakdown_element= to which the name is assigned. |
Template #133 (Figure 8): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Breakdown_element
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #130(Figure 8) as being a hardware element,
or any of its specializations (Hardware element type).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Hardware_element]![]() or any of its specializations [Circuit_breaker_element] ![]() , [Control_panel_element] ![]() , [Door_element] ![]() and [Hatch_element] ![]() , respectively. (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element.Hardware_element_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Breakdown_element as a hardware element (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element.Hardware_element_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element | The Breakdown_element being classified as a hardware element (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
NOTE
If hardware element type (
template table:
Template #133(Figure 8))
is defined using existing values which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. Additional Reference Data be defined by extending the Reference Data as defined in either the PLCS standard Reference Data
Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std")
or in the Aerospace and Defense Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad");
2. The assigning_code template be used in addition to
template table:
Template #133(Figure 8) where @class_name is set to [Hardware_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Hardware_element_type_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Also see section Data Type - Class below.
Template #134 (Figure 8): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Breakdown element relationship.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either "any subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Breakdown_element | The relating hardware element (Breakdown_element). | |
related | Breakdown_element | The related breakdown element (Breakdown_element). | |
rel_type_name | Any subclass of [Breakdown_element_relationship]![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the breakdown element relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id |
(S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #135 (Figure 8): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element revision creation date
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #136 (Figure 8): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the identified breakdown element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "Any subclass of", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified breakdown element revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The breakdown element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the breakdown element revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the breakdown element (See template table: Template #130(Figure 8)). |
Template #137 (Figure 8): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance significant or relevant indicator.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Maintenance_significant_item]![]() , [Maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() or [Not_maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Maintenance_significant_or_relevant_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether the hardware element is maintenance significant, maintenance relevant, or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the hardware element (Breakdown_element)
to which the maintenance significant or relevant indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #138 (Figure 8): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element repairability.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Repairable_hardware_element]![]() or [Discardable_hardware_element] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Repairability -> Class.Class_name) |
Proposed classes (External_class) to be used to determine the hardware element repairability. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the hardware element (Breakdown_element)
to which the repairability classification is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE
If hardware element repairability classification is defined using existing code values which cannot be easily mapped against
the S3000L proposed classes, then can the
assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must be set to [Hardware_element_repairability_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
NOTE
If hardware element repairability classification is defined using existing values, which cannot be easily mapped against the
S3000L proposed classes, then can either:
1. The Reference Data, as defined in the PLCS standard Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std") or in the Aerospace and Defense
Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad"),
be extended;
2. The assigning_code template be used instead (see section
Data Type - Class below). The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Hardware_element_repairability_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Template #139 (Figure 8): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element repairability strategy.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Repairability_strategy -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Hardware_element_repairability_strategy_classification_code]![]() |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the hardware element (Breakdown_element)
to which the hardware element repairability strategy is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template can be used if the hardware element repairability strategy is defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of Breakdown_element_definition.
Template #140 (Figure 8): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element structural indicator.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Structural_significant_item_usage]![]() , [Structural_item_usage] ![]() , or [Structural_detail_usage] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Structural_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine the structural importance of the associated hardware element. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_usage | The usage of the hardware element in a breakdown, for which its structural importance is defined. |
Template #141 (Figure 8): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element replaceability.
NOTE This classification must not be applied if the hardware element is not replaceable in its functional location. NOTE Parameter values below defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Replaceable_element_usage]![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Replaceability -> Class.Class_name) |
Class (External_class) to be used to determine that a realization of the hardware element is required to be replaceable in its functional location (hardware element ). | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined Class (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_usage | The usage of the hardware element in a breakdown, for which its functional replaceability is defined. |
Template #142 (Figure 8): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element replaceability strategy.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Replaceability_strategy -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Replaceability_strategy_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Replaceability_strategy -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Replaceability_strategy_classification_code] |
|
items | Breakdown_element_usage | The usage of the hardware element in a breakdown for which the replaceability strategy is defined. |
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template can be used if the replaceability strategy is defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of Breakdown_element_usage and preferably be a subclass of the Class defined in template table: Template #141(Figure 8).
Template #143 (Figure 8): representing_breakdown_element_realization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a hardware element and a hardware part that can realize the hardware element.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
breakdown | Breakdown_element_definition | The hardware element
NOTE Must be the same Breakdown_element_definition that is included in (used in) the breakdown revision of the product. |
|
product | Part_view_definition | The hardware part that can realize the hardware element.
NOTE Must be the same Part_view_definition that is used in the parts list (if any). |
|
class_name | [Hardware_element_realization]![]() |
The name of the External_class that determines the role of the breakdown element realization. | |
class_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identification of the External_class_library storing the External_class given by the input parameter @class_name. |
Software Element Realization
Software element inherited characterizations
A software element is represented using the representing_breakdown_element template,
as described in the Breakdown Element Realization Summary section above.
The instantiated Breakdown_element is
classified as [Software_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, using
the assigning_reference_data template. The same assigning_reference_data
template instance is also used to define the software element type, since software element types are
defined as specializations of [Software_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
in the Reference Data Library.
A software element inherits the following properties and relations defined under section Breakdown Element Realization Summary:
Relationships between a software element and any other Breakdown_element (e.g. a Breakdown_element used in a different Breakdown), is represented using the representing_product_relationship template.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition used in a breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), can be the same Breakdown_element_definition as is instantiated as placeholder for the software element (Breakdown_element) LSA characteristics. But this must only be the case if the breakdown and its revision is defined during LSA. However, if the breakdown and its revision (Breakdown_version) is defined during e.g. engineering then must the Breakdown_element_definition as defined by engineering, be used instead. This also means that the Breakdown_element_definition that is used to the include a software element in a breakdown revision, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate.
Software element specific characteristics
The following specific characterizations applies to software elements:
Template #150 (Figure 9): representing_breakdown_element | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Software element and its revision.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by this template can also represent the "Breakdown_element_usage_in_breakdown" class in S3000L, depending on whether the breakdown is defined by engineering or as part of the LSA. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The software element identifier. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned software element identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the software element identifier (@id). | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@id_owner) that "owns" the software element identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_owner_class_name. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The software element revision identifier. | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned software element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the software element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@vn_id_owner) that "owns" the software element revision identifier (@vn_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @vn_id_owner_class_name. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
bkdn_vn | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) of which this software element revision (Breakdown_element_version) is a constituent. |
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by template table: Template #150(Figure 9) is defined to be the placeholder for all software element LSA related characteristics, including relationships and its usage in breakdowns (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #151 (Figure 9): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional software element identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The software element identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the software element identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the software element identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the software element identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The software element (Breakdown_element) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #152 (Figure 9): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Software element name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The software element name being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the software element name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the software element name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the software element name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Software_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The software element (Breakdown_element) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #153 (Figure 9): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Breakdown_element
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #150(Figure 9) as being a software element,
or any of its specializations (Software element type).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Software_element]![]() or any of its specializations [Distributed_software_element] ![]() , [Embedded_software_element] ![]() and [Loadable_software_element] ![]() , respectively. (S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element.Software_element_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Breakdown_element as a software element (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element.Software_element_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element | The Breakdown_element being classified as a software element (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
NOTE
If software element type is defined using existing values, which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes,
then can either:
1. The Reference Data, as defined in the PLCS standard Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std") or in the Aerospace and Defense
Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad"),
be extended;
2. The assigning_code template be used in addition to
template table:
Template #153(Figure 9) where @class_name is set to [Software_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Software_element_type_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Also see section Data Type - Class below.
Template #154 (Figure 9): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Breakdown element relationship.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either "any subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Breakdown_element | The relating software element (Breakdown_element). | |
related | Breakdown_element | The related Breakdown_element. | |
rel_type_name | Any subclass of [Breakdown_element_relationship]![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the breakdown element relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id |
(S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #155 (Figure 9): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Software element revision creation date
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Software_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The software element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #156 (Figure 9): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the identified software element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "Any subclass of", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified breakdown element revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Hardware_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The software element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the software element revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the breakdown element (See template table: Template #150(Figure 9)). |
Template #157 (Figure 9): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance significant or relevant indicator.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Maintenance_significant_item]![]() , [Maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() or [Not_maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element_revision.Maintenance_significant_or_relevant_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether the software element is maintenance significant, maintenance relevant, or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the software element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the maintenance significant or relevant indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #158 (Figure 9): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Estimated software complexity code
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_complexity_code -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Software_complexity_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_complexity_code -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Software_complexity_classification_code] |
|
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the software element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the software complexity code is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template can be used if software complexity is defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of Breakdown_element_definition.
Template #159 (Figure 9): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Estimated software modification frequency
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), as a Class name with the extension 'or subclass thereof', or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_modification_frequency -> Class.Class_name) |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | [Software_modification_frequency_classification_code]![]() , or subclass thereof. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_modification_frequency -> Class.Class_name) |
The id of the External_class_library
that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name.
NOTE
If @code_class_name is a subclass of [Software_modification_frequency_classification_code] |
|
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the software element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the software modification frequency is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template can be used if the software modification frequency is defined using existing Reference Data (see section Data Type - Class below). The assigning_reference_data input parameter "@class_name" must be set to a valid subclass of Breakdown_element_definition.
Template #160 (Figure 9): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Estimated software size.
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Estimated_software_size]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the software element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the estimated software size is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #161 (Figure 9): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the estimated software size property.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_size -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Byte]![]() , [Kilobyte] ![]() , [Megabyte] ![]() , [Gigabyte] ![]() , or [Terabyte] ![]() (S3000L path: @unit = Software_element_revision.Estimated_software_size -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Unit -> Class.Class_name> |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #160(Figure 9) representing the estimated software size property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp below.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #162 (Figure 9): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Estimated number of lines of code.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Estimated_number_of_lines_of_code]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the software element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the estimated number of lines of code property is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #163 (Figure 9): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the estimated number of lines of code property.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Software_element_revision.Estimated_number_of_lines_of_code -> Prp -> Value_with_unit.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #162(Figure 9) representing the estimated number of lines of code property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the respective template used for representing the property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp below.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #164 (Figure 9): representing_breakdown_element_realization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between a software element and a software part that can realize the software element.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
breakdown | Breakdown_element_definition | The software element
NOTE Must be the same Breakdown_element_definition that is included in (used in) the breakdown revision of the product. |
|
product | Part_view_definition | The software part that can realize the software element.
NOTE Must be the same Part_view_definition that is used in the parts list (if any). |
|
class_name | [Software_element_realization]![]() |
The name of the External_class that determines the role of the breakdown element realization. | |
class_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identification of the External_class_library storing the External_class given by the input parameter @class_name. |
Aggregated element - summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Instantiation of an aggregated element, its identification, revision, and inclusion in a breakdown revision is done using the representing_breakdown_element template.
NOTE Each aggregated element (Breakdown_element) must be included in at least one breakdown revision (i.e. Breakdown_version). The representing_breakdown_element input parameter "@bkdn_rev" relates the Breakdown_element_definition to the breakdown revision(s) (Breakdown_version) where the Breakdown_element is used.
NOTE One and the same Breakdown_element kan be included in multiple Breakdowns and/or Breakdown_versions (i.e. revisions) thereof, using either the same Breakdown_element_definition or different Breakdown_element_definitions.
Aggregated element characterizations
An aggregated element is represented using the representing_breakdown_element template..
The instantiated Breakdown_element is
classified as [Aggregated_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, using
the assigning_reference_data template. The same assigning_reference_data
template instance is also used to define the aggregated element type, since aggregated element types are
defined as specializations of [Aggregated_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
in the Reference Data Library.
The following information applies to any type of breakdown element, including an aggregated element:
Relationships between an aggregated element and any other Breakdown_element (e.g. Breakdown_element used in different Breakdown), is represented using the representing_product_relationship template.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition used in a breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), can be the same Breakdown_element_definition as is instantiated as placeholder for the aggregated element (Breakdown_element) LSA characteristics. But this must only be the case if the breakdown and its revision is defined during LSA. However, if the breakdown and its revision (Breakdown_version) is defined during e.g. engineering then must the Breakdown_element_definition as defined by engineering, be used instead. This also means that the Breakdown_element_definition that is used to the include an aggregatd element in a breakdown revision, and the Breakdown_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate.
Aggregated element has one optional additional piece of information, namely the aggregated element description, represented using the assigning_descriptor template.
Template #170 (Figure 10): representing_breakdown_element | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Aggregated element and its revision.
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by this template can also represent the "Breakdown_element_usage_in_breakdown" Class in S3000L, depending on whether the breakdown is defined by engineering or as part of the LSA. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id |
(S3000L path: @id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The aggregated element identifier. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned aggregated element identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the aggregated element identifier (@id). | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Aggreated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@id_owner) that "owns" the aggregated element identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_owner_class_name. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The aggregated element revision identifier. | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned aggregated element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Aggreated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the aggregated element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@vn_id_owner) that "owns" the aggregated element revision identifier (@vn_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @vn_id_owner_class_name. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
bkdn_vn | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) of which this aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version) is a constituent. |
NOTE The Breakdown_element_definition instantiated by template table: Template #170(Figure 10) is defined to be the placeholder for all aggregated element LSA related characteristics, including relationships and its usage in breakdowns (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #171 (Figure 10): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional aggregated element identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The aggregated element identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the aggregated element identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the aggregated element identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the aggregated element identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The aggregated element (Breakdown_element) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #172 (Figure 10): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Aggregated element name.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The aggregated element name being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Breakdown element name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown element name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the aggregated element name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the aggregated element name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the aggregated element name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element | The aggregated element (Breakdown_element) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #173 (Figure 10): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Breakdown_element
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #170(Figure 10) as being an aggregated element,
or any of its specializations (Aggregated element type).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Aggregated_element]![]() or any of its specializations [Family_element] ![]() , [Function_element] ![]() , [Slot_element] ![]() and [System_element] ![]() , respectively. (S3000L path: @class_name = Aggregated_element.Aggregated_element_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Breakdown_element as an aggregated element (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @ecl_id = Aggregated_element.Aggregated_element_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element | The Breakdown_element being classified as an aggregated element (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
NOTE
If aggregated element type is defined using existing values, which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes,
then can either:
1. The Reference Data, as defined in the PLCS standard Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std") or in the Aerospace and Defense
Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad"),
be extended;
2. The assigning_code template be used in addition to
template table:
Template #173(Figure 10) where @class_name is set to [Aggregated_element]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Aggregated_element_type_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Also see section Data Type - Class below.
Template #174 (Figure 10): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Breakdown element relationship.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either "any subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Breakdown_element | The relating aggregated element (Breakdown_element). | |
related | Breakdown_element | The related Breakdown_element. | |
rel_type_name | Any subclass of [Breakdown_element_relationship]![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the breakdown element relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id |
(S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #175 (Figure 10): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Aggregated element revision creation date
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #176 (Figure 10): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the aggregated element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "Any subclass of", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified aggregated element revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Aggregated_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Breakdown_element_version | The aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the aggregated element revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the breakdown element (See template table: Template #170(Figure 10)). |
Template #177 (Figure 10): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance significant or relevant indicator.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Maintenance_significant_item]![]() , [Maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() or [Not_maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Aggregated_element_revision.Maintenance_significant_or_relevant_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether the aggregated element is maintenance significant, maintenance relevant, or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the aggregated element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the maintenance significant or relevant indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #178 (Figure 10): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Aggregated element description.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Aggregated_element_revision.Aggregated_element_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text being assigned as a description. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the aggregated element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the description is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the aggregated element description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Zone breakdown summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
NOTE The representation described in this section covers both zonal breakdowns as well as zone elements.
Zone breakdown structure representation
The representation of zonal breakdowns is basically the same as the representation of breakdown structures which includes hardware, software and aggregated elements (see section Breakdown Structure). However, zonal breakdowns, and zone elements, are represented using zone specific templates, which in turn uses zone specific PLCS entities
Zone breakdown (Zone_breakdown) and its revision (Zone_breakdown_version) are represented using the representing_zone_breakdown template. A zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version) can have an associated creation date and an associated revision status, represented using the assigning_calendar_date template and the assigning_approval template, respectively.
A Zone_breakdown is always defined for a specific product (see template table: Template #1(Figure 2)). Special types of zonal breakdowns can be identified using the representing_zone_breakdown template input parameter "@bkdn_type".
NOTE A Zone breakdown (Zone_breakdown) can only include zone elements (Zone_element).
Parent - child relationships between Zone_elements included in the same zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version), are defined using the representing_zone_structure template. Each parent - child relationship can have an assigned installation location description using the assigning_descriptor template, and an associated quantity of child elements property using the assigning_product_property template.
NOTE It is possible to represent a hierarchical structure of zones using the representing_zone_structure template. However, it's also common to define zone elements without arranging them internally, i.e. just provide a list of zones for the product. Both approaches are allowed.
The Zone_element_definition used in a zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version), can be the same Zone_element_definition that is instantiated as placeholder for the Zone_element LSA characteristics. However, this must only be the case if the zone breakdown and its revision are defined during LSA. If the zone breakdown and its revision (Zone_breakdown_version) is defined during e.g. engineering then must the Zone_element_definition as defined by engineering, be used instead. This means that the Zone_element_definition that is used to the include a zone element in a zone breakdown revision, and the Zone_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate.
Zone element representation
Zone element - summary
Instantiation of a zone element, its identification, revision, and inclusion in a breakdown revision is done using the representing_zone_element template.
NOTE Each instance of zone element (Zone_element) must be included in at least one zone breakdown revision (i.e. Zone_breakdown_version). The representing_zone_element input parameter "@zone_bkdn_vn" relates the Zone_element_definition to the zone breakdown revision(s) (Zone_breakdown_version) where the Zone_element is used.
One and the same Zone_element can be included in multiple Zone_breakdowns and/or Zone_breakdown_versions (i.e. revisions) thereof, using either the same Zone_element_definition or different Zone_element_definitions.
NOTE Anyone implementing this DEX must have a good understanding of how breakdown elements are being represented using the PLCS entities Zone_element, Zone_element_version and Zone_element_definition, respectively
Zone element characterizations
A zone element is represented using the representing_zone_structure template. The instantiated Zone_element is classified as "Zone element" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element), using the assigning_reference_data template. The same assigning_reference_data template instance is also used to define the zone element type, since zone element types are defined as specializations of "Zone element" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element) in the Reference Data Library.
The following information applies to any type of breakdown element, including a zone element:
Relationships between a zone element and any other Zone_element (e.g. Zone_element used in different Zone_breakdown), is represented using the representing_product_relationship template.
Zone elements can have an assigned description, represented using the assigning_descriptor template.
The assigning_zone template can be used to define that a hardware element is located in a specific zone (represented by a Zone_element).
Template #180 (Figure 11): representing_zone_breakdown | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of zone breakdown and zone breakdown revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier & Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_name) |
A zone breakdown in the ASD business context is identified by concatenating the product identifier and the breakdown type attribute values. | |
id_class_name | "Breakdown identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Breakdown identification code) | The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the zone breakdown (@id). This provides the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @id_class_name class. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that is responsible for naming or identifying the zonal breakdown. | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class used to classify the identification of the organization. For example, the organization might be identified using a CAGE code or using a name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Product.Product_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @id_owner_class_name class | |
bkdn_type |
"Zone breakdown"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone breakdown) or subclass thereof
(S3000L path: @bkdn_type = Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class used to classify the Zone_breakdown. | |
bkdn_type_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @bkdn_type_ecl_id = Breakdown.Breakdown_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @bkdn_type class. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier of the zone breakdown revision | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the zone breakdown revision (@vn_id). This provides the role or reason for the identification. | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier -> Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name class. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization responsible for identifying the zonal breakdown version. | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class used to classify the identification of the organization. For example, the organization might be identified using a CAGE code or using a name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_identifier-> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @vn_id_owner_class_name class | |
of_product | Part_view_definition | The Part_view_definition of the S3000L product for which the zone breakdown has been defined.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #181 (Figure 11): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Zone breakdown revision creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day= Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Zone_breakdown_version | The zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #182 (Figure 11): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the identified zone breakdown revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "Any subclass of", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified zone breakdown revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Breakdown_revision.Breakdown_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Zone_breakdown_version | The zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the zone breakdown revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the zone breakdown (See template table: Template #180(Figure 11)). |
Template #183 (Figure 11): representing_zone_element | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Zone element and its revision.
NOTE The Zone_element_definition instantiated by this template can also represent the "Breakdown_element_usage_in_breakdown" Class in S3000L, depending on whether the breakdown is defined by engineering or as part of the LSA. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The zone element identifier. | |
id_class_name |
"Zone element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned zone element identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the zone element identifier (@id). | |
id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_owner_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@id_owner) that "owns" the zone element identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_owner_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_owner_class_name. | |
vn_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The zone element revision identifier. | |
vn_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_class_name = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the assigned zone element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_ecl_id = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by the parameter @vn_id_class_name. | |
vn_id_owner | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the zone element revision identifier (@vn_id). | |
vn_id_owner_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_class_name = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@vn_id_owner) that "owns" the zone element revision identifier (@vn_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
vn_id_owner_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @vn_id_owner_ecl_id = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @vn_id_owner_class_name. | |
life_cycle_stage | "Development stage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Development stage) | The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context life cycle stage. | |
life_cycle_stage_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @life_cycle_stage. | |
domain | [Logistics_support_analysis]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the View_definition_context application domain. | |
domain_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @domain. | |
zone_bkdn_vn | Zone_breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version) of which this zone element revision (Zone_element_version) is a constituent. |
NOTE The Zone_element_definition instantiated by template table: Template #183(Figure 11) is defined to be the placeholder for all zone element LSA related characteristics, including relationships and its usage in breakdowns (if defined as part of LSA).
Template #184 (Figure 11): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional zone element identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The zone element identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Zone element identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the zone element identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the zone element identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the zone element identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Zone_element | The zone element (Zone_element) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #185 (Figure 11): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The zone element name being assigned.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name of the zone element. | |
id_class_name |
"Zone element name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the zone element name (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the zone element name (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the zone element name (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Zone_element.Breakdown_element_name -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Zone_element | The zone element (Zone_element) to which the name is assigned. |
Template #186 (Figure 11): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Zone_element
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #183(Figure 11) as being a zone element,
or any of its specializations (Zone element type).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name |
"Zone element"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element) or its
specialization [Work_area]![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Zone_element.Zone_element_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Zone_element as a zone element (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Zone_element.Zone_element_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Zone_element | The Zone_elements being classified as a zone element (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
NOTE
If zone element type is defined using existing values, which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes,
then can either:
1. The Reference Data, as defined in the PLCS standard Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std") or in the Aerospace and Defense
Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad"),
be extended;
2. The assigning_code template be used in addition to
template table:
Template #186(Figure 11) where @class_name is set to
"Zone element"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element).
The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Zone_element_type_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Also see section Data Type - Class below.
Template #187 (Figure 11): representing_product_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Zone element relationship.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either "any subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
relating | Zone_element | The relating Zone_element. | |
related | Zone_element | The related Zone_element. | |
rel_type_name | Any subclass of [Breakdown_element_relationship]![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the zone element relationship. This provides the role or reason for the relationship. | |
rel_type_ecl_id |
(S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_relationship.Breakdown_element_relationship_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by parameter @rel_type_name. |
Template #188 (Figure 11): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Zone element revision creation date
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Zone_element_version | The zone element revision (Zone_element_version) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #189 (Figure 11): assigning_approval | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Status of the identified zone element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "Any subclass of", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
status | Any subclass of
"Approval status"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Approval status)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the status of the identified zone element revision. | |
status_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @state_class_name = Zone_element_revision.Breakdown_element_revision_status -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @status. | |
items | Zone_element_version | The zone element revision (Zone_element_version) to which the status is assigned. | |
person_org | Organization | The organization that assigned the status to the zone element revision. Must be the same organization that "owns" the identification of the zone element (See template table: Template #183(Figure 11)). |
Template #190 (Figure 11): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance significant or relevant indicator.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Maintenance_significant_item]![]() , [Maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() or [Not_maintenance_relevant_item] ![]() . (S3000L path: @class_name = Zone_element_revision.Maintenance_significant_or_relevant_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether the zone element is maintenance significant, maintenance relevant, or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Zone_element_definition | The view of the zone element (Zone_element_definition)
to which the maintenance significant or relevant indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Zone_element_definition being referenced must be the
Zone_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #191 (Figure 11): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Zone element description.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Zone_element_revision.Zone_element_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text being assigned as a description. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Zone_element_definition | The view of the zone element (Zone_element_definition)
to which the description is assigned.
NOTE
The Zone_element_definition being referenced must be the
Zone_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the installation description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #192 (Figure 11): assigning_zone | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Hardware element in zone.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
zone | Zone_element_definition | The zone to which the hardware element (@item) is related.
NOTE @zone must relate to the Zone_element_definition that is used in the zonal breakdown structure for the product. Depending on the project it's either the Zone_element_definition defined during engineering, or the Zone_element_definition defined during LSA. |
|
item | Breakdown_element_definition | The hardware element that is in the zone (@zone).
NOTE @item must relate to the Breakdown_element_definition that is used in the breakdown structure for the product. Depending on the project it's either the Breakdown_element_definition defined during engineering, or the Breakdown_element_definition defined during LSA. |
Template #193 (Figure 11): representing_zone_structure | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Parent-child relationship between two zone elements used in the same revision of a zonal breakdown.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type_name | "Zone element usage" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Zone element usage) | The name of the Class used to classify the element usage. | |
rel_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type_name class. | |
parent | Zone_element_definition | The immediate parent element in the zonal breakdown structure, represented by one of its
Zone_element_definitions.
NOTE The @parent input parameter can relate to the Zone_element_definition that has been instantiated as placeholder for the Zone_element LSA characteristics. However, there can also be situations where the Zone_element_definition used in the zonal breakdown structure is defined during e.g. engineering. This implies that the Zone_element_definition for the inclusion of a zone element in a zonal breakdown, and the Zone_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate. |
|
child | Zone_element_definition | The immediate child element in the breakdown structure, represented by one of its
Zone_element_definitions.
NOTE The @child input parameter can relate to the Zone_element_definition that has been instantiated as placeholder for the Zone_element LSA characteristics. However, there can also be situations where the Zone_element_definition used in the zonal breakdown structure is defined during e.g. engineering. This implies that the Zone_element_definition for the inclusion of a zone element in a zonal breakdown, and the Zone_element_definition defined as the placeholder for LSA characteristics, must be kept separate. |
Template #194 (Figure 11): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Installation description.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_structure.Installation_description -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the installation (position) of a zone element within the overall zonal breakdown. | |
class_name | [Installation_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Zone_element_usage | The entity representing the parent-child relationship (Zone_element_usage). |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the installation description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #194 (Figure 11): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Quantity of child elements
NOTE Parameter value defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | "Quantity property" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Quantity property) | The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Zone_element_usage | The entity representing the parent-child relationship (Zone_element_usage). |
Template #195 (Figure 11): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the quantity of child elements property defined in
template table:
Template #194(Figure 11) .
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Default class: [Count]![]() . However, any individual or subclass of "Unit" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit) can be used. (S3000L path: @unit = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Breakdown_element_structure.Quantity_of_child_elements -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #194(Figure 11) representing the quantity property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the quantity property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Product variant applicability - summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
The S3000L UoF product variant applicability consists of two main areas:
Product variant applicability
Product variant applicability is represented using assigning_conditional_effectivity. This template restricts the applicability of the following constructs to a specific product variant.
NOTE There is no need to assign applicabilitiy's to breakdown elements which are applicable to all product variants (i.e. a generic applicability is implicit).
Template #200 (Figure 12): assigning_conditional_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Statement that restricts the applicability of either a breakdown element, or an hardware element in zone relationship, to
a specific Product variant.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
para_class | "Product configuration parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Product configuration parameter) | The name of the External_class that determines the type applicability domain being used. | |
para_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
target_items | Breakdown_element_usage, Breakdown_element, Zone_element_usage, or In_zone | The items which are the target for the assigned applicability, i.e. the items which are subject for restricted usage. | |
condition_para_item | Part | The Part representing the product variant for which the @target_items are applicable. |
Product variant realization applicability
A product variant realization and its identifier is represented using the representing_product_configuration template. The product variant realization must also have an assigned revision identifier, represented using the assigning_identification template
An optional creation date can be assigned to the product variant realization, represented using the assigning_calendar_date template.
NOTE Each instance of the PLCS entity Product_configuration requires an instance of Product_concept. However, there is no corresponding concept in S3000L. This DEX will therefore require a dummy instance of Product_concept to exist within the data set.
The assigning_product_configuration_effectivity template identifies the hardware and software parts, as well as specific entries in a parts list, which are applicable to the product variant realization under consideration.
NOTE There is no need to assign applicability's to hardware part or a software part realizations which are applicable to all product variant realizations (i.e. a generic applicability is implicit).
NOTE Each instantiation of the assigning_product_configuration_effectivity template requires an instance of Effectivity. This DEX will therefore require a generic instance of Effectivity to exist within the data set.
Template #203 (Figure 13): representing_product_configuration | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a product variant realization.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
Product variant realization identifier (Product_configuration). | |
id_class_name |
"Product configuration identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Product configuration identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product variant realization identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the product variant realization identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@org_id) that "owns" the product variant realization identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
design | Breakdown_version | The breakdown revision (Breakdown_version) for which the product variant realization is defined. | |
item_context | Product_concept | A dummy instance of Product_concept.
NOTE There is no equivalent construct to Product_concept in S3000L. |
Template #204 (Figure 13): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Product variant realization revision identifier
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The product variant realization revision identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the product variant realization revision identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the product variant realization revision identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the product variant realization revision (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_revision_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Product_configuration | The product variant realization (Product_configuration) to which the revision identifier is assigned. |
Template #205 (Figure 13): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Creation date for the revision of the product variant realization
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Product_variant_realization.Product_variant_realization_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Product_configuration | The product variant realization (Product_configuration) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #206 (Figure 13): assigning_product_configuration_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of product variant realization applicability statement.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
configuration | Item_design_association | Defines the product variant realization in which the associated part realization, or parts list entry, is applicable. | |
usage | View_definition_usage, Promissory_usage | Defines the part realization, or parts list entry, that is constrained by the applicability statement. | |
effectivity | Effectivity | A generic instance of Effectivity. |
LSA candidate summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Both parts and breakdown element revisions can be identified as being LSA candidates. Parts and breakdown elements which are selected as being LSA candidates can have the following characterizations:
The key performance indicators mean time between failure, and failure rate, can both have one or many correction factors. Correction factors are represented using the representing_independent_property and independent_property_numeric templates. The association between a mean time between failure, or failure rate, value representations, and its correction factor, is represented using the property_value_relationship template.
The respective key performance indicator value can have the following generic characterizations (see section Generic characterizations):
The detailed PLCS template representation for UoF LSA Candidate is split into the following subsections:
NOTE Representation of applicability statements shown in the UoF LSA Candidate is described in section Applicability Statement.
Main LSA candidate characterizations and key performance parameters for Parts
Template #210 (Figure 14): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | LSA candidate indicator for a part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Full_LSA_candidate_part]![]() , [Partial_LSA_candidate_part] ![]() , [Not_LSA_candidate_part] ![]() , or [Not_yet_decided_LSA_candidate_part] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Part.LSA_candidate_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether a part is an LSA candidate or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the LSA candidate indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #211 (Figure 14): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Rationale for ’Full’, ’Partial’, or ’Not’ LSA candidate selection for the part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | Classification_assignment | The Classification_assignment instantiated in template table: Template #210(Figure 14), representing the LSA candidate indicator. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Part.LSA_candidate_rationale -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the rationale behind the LSA candidate selection. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the LSA candidate rationale can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #212 (Figure 14): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the selected maintenance concept for the part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Part.LSA_maintenance_concept -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the selected maintenance concept for the part. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_concept_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the maintenance concept description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance concept description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #213 (Figure 14): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the defined maintenance solution for the part.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Part.LSA_maintenance_solution -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the selected maintenance solution for the part. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_solution_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the maintenance solution description is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance solution description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #214 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Product service life
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Product_service_life]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the product service life is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #215 (Figure 14): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for the product service life.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #214(Figure 14) representing the product service life property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the product service life property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #216 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Scheduled maintenance interval.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Scheduled_maintenance_interval]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the scheduled maintenance interval is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #217 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for the scheduled maintenance interval.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'minimum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #216(Figure 14) representing the scheduled maintenance interval property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the scheduled maintenance interval property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #218 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance free operating period.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Maintenance_free_operating_period]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the maintenance free operating period is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #219 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for the maintenance free operating period.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'minimum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #218(Figure 14) representing the maintenance free operating period property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the maintenance free operating period property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #220 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Down time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Down_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which the down time is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #221 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for down time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #220(Figure 14) representing the down time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the down time property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #222 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance man hours per operating hour.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which maintenance man hours per operating hour is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #223 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for maintenance man hours per operating hour.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Count]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #222(Figure 14) representing the maintenance man hours per operating hour property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the maintenance man hours per operating hour property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #224 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between unscheduled removal
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which mean time between unscheduled removal is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #225 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for mean time between unscheduled removal.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #224(Figure 14) representing the mean time between unscheduled removal property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the mean time between unscheduled removal property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #226 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time to repair
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_to_repair]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which mean time to repair is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #227 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for mean time to repair.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #226(Figure 14) representing the mean time to repair property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the mean time to repair property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #228 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Direct maintenance cost
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Direct_maintenance_cost]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which direct maintenance cost is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #229 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for direct maintenance cost.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [CurrencyUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #228(Figure 14) representing the direct maintenance cost property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the direct maintenance cost property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #230 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Shop processing time
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Shop_processing_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which shop processing time is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #231 (Figure 14): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for shop processing time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Months]![]() , [Weeks] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Hours] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #230(Figure 14) representing the shop processing time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing shop processing time and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #232 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failures per operating hour
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failures_per_operating_hour]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which failures per operating hour is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #233 (Figure 14): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failures per operating hour.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #232(Figure 14) representing the failures per operating hour property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing failures per operating hour and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #234 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Replacement time
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Replacement_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which replacement time is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #235 (Figure 14): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for replacement time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #234(Figure 14) representing the replacement time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the replacement time cost property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #236 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_failure]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which mean time between failure is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #237 (Figure 14): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for mean time between failure.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #236(Figure 14) representing the mean time between failure property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing mean time between failure and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #238 (Figure 14): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure correction | ||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_failure_correction]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #239 (Figure 14): independent_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | single value and unit for mean time between failure correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #238(Figure 14) representing the mean time between failure correction property. |
Template #240 (Figure 14): property_value_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the defined mean time between failure and its identified correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type | [Correction_factor_relationship]![]() |
Type of relation between property value representations. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type. | |
relating | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor representation defined in template table: Template #239(Figure 14). | |
related | Representation | The mean time between failure value representation defined in template table: Template #237(Figure 14). |
Template #241 (Figure 14): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure correction date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor value (Representation) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #242 (Figure 14): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Justification of mean time between failure correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor value (Representation) to which the justification is assigned. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_justification -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the justification of the mean time between failure correction factor. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the justification of mean time between failure correction factor, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #243 (Figure 14): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failure rate.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failure_rate]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Part_view_definition | The view of the Part
to which failure rate is assigned.
NOTE
The Part_view_definition being referenced must be the
Part_view_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #244 (Figure 14): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failure rate.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #243(Figure 14) representing the failure rate property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing failure rate and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #245 (Figure 14): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failure rate correction | ||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failure_rate_correction]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #246 (Figure 14): independent_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failure rate correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failure_rate_correction.Failure_rate_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failure_rate_correction.Failure_rate_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #245(Figure 14) representing the failure rate correction property. |
Template #247 (Figure 14): property_value_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the defined failure rate and its identified correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type | [Correction_factor_relationship]![]() |
Type of relation between property value representations. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type. | |
relating | Representation | The failure rate correction factor value representation, defined in template table: Template #246(Figure 14). | |
related | Representation | The failure rate value representation, defined in template table: Template #244(Figure 14). |
Main LSA candidate characterizations and key performance parameters for Hardware, Software and Aggregated elements
For a detailed description of the concetps used, see section LSA Candidate Summary.
Template #250 (Figure 15): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | LSA candidate indicator for a hardware, software or aggregated element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Full_LSA_candidate_breakdown_element]![]() , [Partial_LSA_candidate_breakdown_element] ![]() , [Not_LSA_candidate_breakdown_element] ![]() , or [Not_yet_decided_LSA_candidate_breakdown_element] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_candidate_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether the associated breakdown element revision (hardware, software or aggregated), is an LSA candidate or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the hardware, software or aggregated element revision
(Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the LSA candidate indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #251 (Figure 15): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Rationale for ’Full’, ’Partial’, or ’Not’ LSA candidate selection for the hardware, software or aggregated element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | Classification_assignment | The Classification_assignment instantiated in template table: Template #250(Figure 15), representing the LSA candidate indicator. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_candidate_rationale -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the rationale behind the LSA candidate selection. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the LSA candidate rationale can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #252 (Figure 15): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the selected maintenance concept for the hardware, software or aggregated element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_maintenance_concept -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the selected maintenance concept for the hardware, software or aggregated element revision. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_concept_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the maintenance concept description is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance concept description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #253 (Figure 15): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the defined maintenance solution for the hardware, software or aggregated element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_maintenance_solution -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the defined maintenance solution for the hardware, software or aggregated element revision. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_solution_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the maintenance solution description is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance solution description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #254 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Product service life
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Product_service_life]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the product service life is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #255 (Figure 15): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for product service life.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Product_service_life.Product_service_life -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #254(Figure 15) representing the product service life property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the product service life property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #256 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Scheduled maintenance interval
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Scheduled_maintenance_interval]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the scheduled maintenance interval is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #257 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for the scheduled maintenance interval.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'minimum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Scheduled_maintenance_interval.Scheduled_maintenance_interval -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #256(Figure 15) representing the scheduled maintenance interval property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the scheduled maintenance interval property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #258 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance free operating period
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Maintenance_free_operating_period]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the maintenance free operating period is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #259 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for the maintenance free operating period.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'minimum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Maintenance_free_operating_period.Maintenance_free_operating_period -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #258(Figure 15) representing the maintenance free operating period property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the maintenance free operating period property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #260 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Down time
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Down_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which the down time is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #261 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for down time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Down_time.Down_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #260(Figure 15) representing the down time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the down time property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #262 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Maintenance man hours per operating hour
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which maintenance man hours per operating hour is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #263 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for maintenance man hours per operating hour.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Count]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour.Maintenance_man_hours_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #262(Figure 15) representing the maintenance man hours per operating hour property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the maintenance man hours per operating hour property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #264 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between unscheduled removal
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which mean time between unscheduled removal is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #265 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for mean time between unscheduled removal.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal.Mean_time_between_unscheduled_removal -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #264(Figure 15) representing the mean time between unscheduled removal property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the mean time between unscheduled removal property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #266 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time to repair
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_to_repair]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which mean time to repair is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #267 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for mean time to repair.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_to_repair.Mean_time_to_repair -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #266(Figure 15) representing the mean time to repair property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the mean time to repair property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #268 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Direct maintenance cost
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Direct_maintenance_cost]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which direct maintenance cost is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #269 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for direct maintenance cost.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [CurrencyUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Direct_maintenance_cost.Direct_maintenance_cost -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #268(Figure 15) representing the direct maintenance cost property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the direct maintenance cost property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #270 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Shop processing time
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Shop_processing_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which shop processing time is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #271 (Figure 15): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for shop processing time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Months]![]() , [Weeks] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Hours] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Shop_processing_time.Shop_processing_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #270(Figure 15) representing the shop processing time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing shop processing time and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #272 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failures per operating hour
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failures_per_operating_hour]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which failures per operating hour is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #273 (Figure 15): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failures per operating hour.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failures_per_operating_hour.Failures_per_operating_hour -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #272(Figure 15) representing the failures per operating hour property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing failures per operating hour and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #274 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Replacement time
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Replacement_time]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which replacement time is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #275 (Figure 15): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Limit value and unit for replacement time.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | 'maximum' | The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | [Seconds]![]() , [Minutes] ![]() , [Hours] ![]() , [Days] ![]() or [Weeks] ![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Replacement_time.Replacement_time -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #274(Figure 15) representing the replacement time property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing the replacement time cost property and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_limit can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #276 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_failure]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which mean time between failure is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #277 (Figure 15): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for mean time between failure.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_failure.Mean_time_between_failure -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #276(Figure 15) representing the mean time between failure property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing mean time between failure and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #278 (Figure 15): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure correction | ||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Mean_time_between_failure_correction]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #279 (Figure 15): independent_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for mean time between failure correction.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #278(Figure 15) representing the mean time between failure correction property. |
Template #280 (Figure 15): property_value_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the defined mean time between failure and its identified correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type | [Correction_factor_relationship]![]() |
Type of relation between property value representations. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type. | |
relating | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor (Representation) defined in template table: Template #279(Figure 15). | |
related | Representation | The mean time between failure value (Representation) defined in template table: Template #277(Figure 15). |
Template #281 (Figure 15): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Mean time between failure correction date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor value (Representation) to which the date is assigned. |
Template #282 (Figure 15): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Justification of mean time between failure correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | Representation | The mean time between failure correction factor value (Representation) to which the justification is assigned. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Mean_time_between_failure_correction.Mean_time_between_failure_correction_justification -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the justification of the mean time between failure correction factor. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the justification of the mean time between failure correction factor, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #283 (Figure 15): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failure rate.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failure_rate]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | Breakdown_element_definition | The view of the breakdown element (Breakdown_element_definition)
to which failure rate is assigned.
NOTE
The Breakdown_element_definition being referenced must be the
Breakdown_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #284 (Figure 15): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failure rate.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any subclass or individual of" a Class, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | Any subclass or individual of [EventUnit]![]() . (S3000L path: @unit = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failure_rate.Failure_rate -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The Assigned_property instantiated in template table: Template #283(Figure 15) representing the failure rate property. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the templates used for representing failure rate and its value, can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Prp.
NOTE The usage of the template product_property_numeric can be replaced by the usage of:
Template #285 (Figure 15): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Failure rate correction | ||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Failure_rate_correction]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #286 (Figure 15): independent_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for failure rate correction.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Failure_rate_correction.Failure_rate_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Count]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = Failure_rate_correction.Failure_rate_correction_factor -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #285(Figure 15) representing the failure rate correction property. |
Template #287 (Figure 15): property_value_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the defined failure rate and its identified correction factor.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type | [Correction_factor_relationship]![]() |
Type of relation between property value representations. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type. | |
relating | Representation | The failure rate correction factor value (Representation) defined in template table: Template #286(Figure 15). | |
related | Representation | The failure rate value (Representation) defined in template table: Template #284(Figure 15). |
Main LSA candidate characterizations for Zone elements
Zone elements can also be identified as being LSA candidates. Zone elements, selected as being LSA candidates, can have the following characterizations:
However, the PLCS representation for zone elements does not include the representation of ASD S3000L key performance indicators.
Template #290 (Figure 16): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | LSA candidate indicator for a zone element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_zone_element]![]() , [Not_LSA_candidate_zone_element] ![]() , or [Not_yet_decided_LSA_candidate_zone_element] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_candidate_indicator -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine whether a zone element revision is an LSA candidate or not. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Zone_element_definition | The view of the zone element (Zone_element)
to which the LSA candidate indicator is assigned.
NOTE
The Zone_element_definition being referenced must be the
Zone_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
Template #291 (Figure 16): assigning_justification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Rationale for ’Full’, ’Partial’, or ’Not’ LSA candidate selection for the zone element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
just_item | Classification_assignment | The Classification_assignment instantiated in template table: Template #290(Figure 16), representing the LSA candidate indicator. | |
just_asgn_role | "Justification assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Justification assignment) | The name of the Class being used to determine the type of justification assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @just_asgn_role. | |
just_txt | (?)
(S3000L path: @just_txt = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_candidate_rationale -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the rationale behind the LSA candidate selection. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the LSA candidate rationale can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #292 (Figure 16): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the selected maintenance concept for the zone element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_maintenance_concept -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the selected maintenance concept for the zone element revision. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_concept_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Zone_element_definition | The view of the Zone_element
to which the maintenance concept description is assigned.
NOTE
The Zone_element_definition being referenced must be the
Zone_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance concept description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #293 (Figure 16): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the defined maintenance solution for the zone element revision.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Breakdown_element_revision.LSA_maintenance_solution -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the defined maintenance solution for the zone element revision. | |
class_name | [LSA_candidate_maintenance_solution_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Zone_element_definition | The view of the Zone_element
to which the maintenance solution description is assigned.
NOTE
The Zone_element_definition being referenced must be the
Zone_element_definition where
View_definition_context application domain is set to
[Logistics_support_analysis] |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the selected maintenance solution description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Generic key performance indicator characterizations
Each key performance indicator, defined in the previous sections, can have one or many associated operators (i.e. customers and/or users) for which the key performance indicator value is defined. Each associated operator is represented using the assigning_conditional_effectivity template.
The respective key performance indicator value (Representation) can have the following characterizations:
Template #301 (Figure 17): assigning_conditional_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Operator (ie customer or user) for which the key performance indicator is defined.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, or as a list of Classes , means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
para_class |
[User_condition_parameter]![]() or "Customer condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Customer condition parameter). |
The name of the External_class being used to determine the type of operator being referenced. | |
para_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" or "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class being referenced by the parameter @para_class. | |
target_items | Property_representation, | The key performance indicator value (Property_representation) to which the operator organization (applicability) is assigned. | |
condition_para_item | Organization. | The operator organization for which the key performance indicator is defined. |
Template #302 (Figure 17): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Key performance indicator type.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE Path Class names given in italic must be replaced with the name of the actual key performance indicator, for which the key performance indicator type is defined. (e.g. Product_service_life). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Specified_property_value_representation]![]() , [Distributed_property_value_representation] ![]() , [Contracted_property_value_representation] ![]() , [Predicted_property_value_representation] ![]() , or [Actual_property_value_representation] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Key_performance_indicator.Key_performance_indicator_type -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine the key performance indicator type. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Representation | The key performance indicator value (Representation) to which the key performance indicator type is assigned. |
Template #303 (Figure 17): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the key performance indicator method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE Path Class names given in italic must be replaced with the name of the actual key performance indicator, for which the key performance indicator type is defined. (e.g. Product_service_life). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Key_performance_indicator.Key_performance_indicator_method -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the method used to calculate the key performance indicator value. | |
class_name | [Method_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the class. | |
is_assigned_to | Representation | The key performance indicator value (Representation) to which the key performance indicator method is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the description of the key performance indicator method can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #304 (Figure 17): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Key performance indicator status.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE Path Class names given in italic must be replaced with the name of the actual key performance indicator, for which the key performance indicator status is defined. (e.g. Product_service_life). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [Preliminary_property_value_representation]![]() , [Accepted_property_value_representation] ![]() , or [Released_property_value_representation] ![]() (S3000L path: @class_name = Key_performance_indicator.Key_performance_indicator_status -> Class.Class_name) |
Classes (External_class) to be used to determine the key performance indicator status. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the defined classes (@class_name). | |
items | Representation | The key performance indicator value (Representation) to which the key performance indicator status is assigned. |
Template #305 (Figure 17): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Key performance indicator percentile | ||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | [Percentile]![]() |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #306 (Figure 17): independent_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Single value and unit for key performance indicator percentile
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE Path Class names given in italic must be replaced with the name of the actual key performance indicator, for which the key performance indicator type is defined. (e.g. Product_service_life). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Key_performance_indicator.Key_performance_indicator_percentile -> Prp -> Value_with_unit_property.Value) |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | [Percent]![]() |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the
"Representation context"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property.
NOTE This can be used to identify the software application/database from which the property value originates. If so, must the software application/database be defined as Reference Data, and the @context_ecl_id parameter must give a reference to the RDL where the software application/database is defined as Reference Data. |
|
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #305(Figure 17) representing the percentile property. |
Template #307 (Figure 17): property_value_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Relationship between the defined percentile and its related key performance indicator value.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rel_type | [Percentile_factor_relationship]![]() |
Type of relation between property value representations. | |
rel_type_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @rel_type. | |
relating | Representation | The percentile factor value representation defined in template table: Template #306(Figure 17). | |
related | Representation | The value representation defined for the related key performance indicator. |
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
Security classification is represented using template assigning_security_classification and any subclass of reference data class "Security classification" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Security classification).
Security classification can be assigned to parts or breakdown elements.
The PLCS representation for security classification is summarized in Figure 18.
Template #320 (Figure 18): assigning_security_classification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Security classification being applied.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
security_class_name | [Unclassified]![]() , [Restricted] ![]() , [Confidential] ![]() or [Secret] ![]() . (S3000L path: @security_class_name = Security_class.Security_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to define the security level. | |
security_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @security_ecl_id = Security_class.Security_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @security_class_name. | |
items | Breakdown_element, Zone_element or Part | The hardware part (Part), software part (Part), hardware element (Breakdown_element), software element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), or zone element (Zone_element) to which the security classification is assigned. |
NOTE
If security classification is defined using existing code values which cannot be easily mapped against any S3000L proposed
class, then can the
assigning_code template be used to classify the
Security_classification entity (i.e. the
assigning_code template can replace the assigning_reference_data
template used in the
template table:
Template #320(Figure 18) above.
The assigning_code
input parameter "code_class_name" must be set to [Security_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concept:
Organization assignment is represented using the assigning_organization template. The assignment must be classified to indicate the role of the assignment, e.g. "owner_of", using any subclass of the Reference Data class "Organization or person in organization assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization or person in organization assignment).
Template #330 (Figure 19): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | An organization assigned to one or many items, in a specific role.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as 'any subclass of ' a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
Name or identification of the organization | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class being used to classify the identification (Identification_assignment) of the organization. This provides the role or reason for the identification. For example CAGE code. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
org_assgn_class_name | Any subclass of
"Organization or person in organization assignment"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization or person in organization assignment).
(S3000L path: @org_assgn_class_name = Organization_assignment.Organization_assignment_role -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class being used to classify the assignment of the organization. (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment) This provides the role or reason for the assignment. For example 'Owner_of'. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_assgn_ecl_id = Organization_assignment.Organization_assignment_role -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Document, Part, Breakdown, Breakdown_element, Zone_element, Product_configuration, Representation, Security_classification, Security_classification_assignment, Project. | The contract (Document), product (Part), product variant (Part), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), material (Part), breakdown (Breakdown), hardware element (Breakdown_element), software element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), zone element (Zone_element), product variant realization (Product_configuration), key performance indicator value (Representation), document (Document), security class (Security_classification), security classification (Security_classification_assignment), project (Project), or any prp value (Representation) to which the organization is assigned. |
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
A referenced document is represented using either the assigning_document_reference template or the assigning_partial_document_reference. The assignment of a document reference to another item must be classified so that the role of the document for that item is known, e.g. "Defining document".
NOTE Only the usage of the assigning_partial_document_reference template is described in the Figure 20, and its associated template tables. The assigning_document_reference template can be used when there is no reference to a specific portion of a document. The assigning_document_reference template must be populated in accordance with the assigning_partial_document_reference, with the exception of the input parameter '@doc_portion'.
NOTE No documents are actually included in the message for Aerospace_and_Defense.AD_prod_breakdown. The representation is just a document proxy, and does not reflect whether the document is available in digital format, or not.
S3000L has defined three types of documents which can be referenced when documenting the result from LSA:
S1000D data module representation - summary
Representation of a referenced S1000D data module is done using the assigning_partial_document_reference template.
This template instantiates both the S1000D data module code and its issue number. The
Document entity
is classified as [S1000D_data_module]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using the assigning_reference_data template.
An S1000D data module can also have an associated
"Infoname" (S1000D terminology), assigned using the assigning_identification template.
S1000D publication module representation - summary
Representation of a referenced S1000D publication module is also done using the assigning_partial_document_reference template.
This template instantiates both the S1000D publication module code and its issue number. The
Document entity
is classified as [S1000D_publication_module]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
using the assigning_reference_data template.
An S1000D publication module can also have an associated
"Title" (S1000D terminology), assigned using the assigning_identification template.
External document representation - summary
External documents are also represented using the assigning_partial_document_reference template. The external document identifier and its issue number are instantiated by the assigning_partial_document_reference template. The mandatory external document title is assigned to the external document using the assigning_identification template.
Each external document can be further characterized by the assignment of:
Document representation - details
NOTE The template assigning_effectivity in Figure 21, representing applicability statements, can be replaced by either the assigning_serial_effectivity, assigning_dated_effectivity, or assigning_conditional_effectivity template.
NOTE The template product_property_limit in Figure 21, representing hardware part operational life, key performance parameters etc, can be replaced by either the product_property_numeric, product_property_range, product_property_w_tolerances or product_property_text template.
Template #340 (Figure 20): assigning_partial_document_reference | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Reference to a portion of an S1000D data module.
NOTE If there is no given value for a given portion of the document, then use the assigning_document_reference template instead. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a defined Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
doc_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_code -> Id.Identifier) |
Data module code (i.e. document identifier) for the referenced data module. | |
doc_id_class_name | [S1000D_data_module_code]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document identifier (@doc_id). | |
doc_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_id_class_name. | |
doc_ver_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_ver_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_issue_number -> Id.Identifier) |
The data module issue number (i.e. document revision identifier). | |
doc_ver_id_class_name | [S1000D_data_module_issue_number]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document revision identifier (@doc_ver_id). | |
doc_ver_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_ver_id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" both the data module code (@id) and the data module issue number (@doc_ver_id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@org_id) that "owns" the data module code (@doc_id) and issue number (@doc_ver_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
doc_portion | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_portion = Document_assignment.Document_portion -> Descr.Description) |
Textual description identifying the portion of the data module being referenced. | |
doc_asg_class_name |
"Document reference"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document reference) or subclass thereof
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_class_name = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class that defines the role of the assigned data module (Document_version). | |
doc_asg_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_ecl_id = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_asg_class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Document, Document_assignment, Part, Alternate_part_relationship, Promissory_usage, Organization, Breakdown, Breakdown_version, Breakdown_element, Breakdown_element_version, Zone_element, Zone_breakdown_version, In_zone, Assigned_property, View_definition_usage, Product_configuration, Security_classification, Security_classification_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Project, Effectivity, Dated_effectivity, Serial_effectivity, Work_order, External_class, Class, Representation. | The contract (Document), contracted product variant (Document_assignment), project (Project), organization (Organization), product (Part), product variant (Part), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), material (Part), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), breakdown (Breakdown), breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), hardware element (Breakdown_element), hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version), software element (Breakdown_element), software element revision (Breakdown_element_version), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version), zone element (Zone_element), zone element revision (Zone_breakdown_version), hardware element realization (View_definition_usage), software element realization (View_definition_usage), hardware element in zone relationship (In_zone), product variant realization (Product_configuration), key performance indicator value (Representation), hardware part operational authorized life (Representation), security class (Security_classification), security classification (Security_classification_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), applicability statement (Effectivity, Dated_effectivity or Serial_effectivity), condition by identifier (Work_order), remark (Document_assignment), class (Class or External_class), or any prp value (Representation) to which the referenced data module is assigned. |
Template #341 (Figure 20): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Document,
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #340(Figure 20), as being a data module produced in
accordance with the ASD specification S1000D.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [S1000D_data_module]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Document as a data module produced in accordance with the ASD specification S1000D. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Document. | |
items | Document | The Document being classified as an S1000D data module. |
Template #342 (Figure 20): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | S1000D data module "Infoname".
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_infoname -> Id.Identifier) |
The "Infoname" of the data module. | |
id_class_name | [S1000D_data_module_infoname]![]() |
The name of the Class used to classify the data module "Infoname" (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the data module "Infoname" (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_infoname -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the data module "Infoname" (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_infoname -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = S1000D_data_module.Data_module_infoname -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Document | The data module (Document) to which the "Infoname" is assigned. |
Template #343 (Figure 20): assigning_partial_document_reference | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Reference to a portion of an S1000D publication module.
NOTE If there is no given value for a given portion of the document, then use the assigning_document_reference template instead. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a defined Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof" or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
doc_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_code -> Id.Identifier) |
Publication module code (i.e. document identifier) for the referenced publication module. | |
doc_id_class_name | [S1000D_publication_module_code]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document identifier (@doc_id). | |
doc_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_id_class_name. | |
doc_ver_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_ver_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_issue_number -> Id.Identifier) |
The publication module issue number (i.e. document revision identifier). | |
doc_ver_id_class_name | [S1000D_publication_module_issue_number]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document revision identifier (@doc_ver_id). | |
doc_ver_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_ver_id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" both the document identifier (@id) and the document revision identifier (@doc_ver_id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@org_id) that "owns" the document identifier (@doc_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_code -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
doc_portion | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_portion = Document_assignment.Document_portion -> Descr.Description) |
Textual description identifying the portion of the publication module being referenced. | |
doc_asg_class_name |
"Document reference"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document reference) or subclass thereof,
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_class_name = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class that defines the role of the assigned publication module (Document_version). | |
doc_asg_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_ecl_id = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_asg_class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Document, Document_assignment, Part, Alternate_part_relationship, Promissory_usage, Organization, Breakdown, Breakdown_version, Breakdown_element, Breakdown_element_version, Zone_element, Zone_breakdown_version, In_zone, Assigned_property, View_definition_usage, Product_configuration, Security_classification, Security_classification_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Project, Effectivity, Dated_effectivity, Serial_effectivity, Work_order, External_class, Class, Representation. | The contract (Document), contracted product variant (Document_assignment), project (Project), organization (Organization), product (Part), product variant (Part), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), material (Part), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), breakdown (Breakdown), breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), hardware element (Breakdown_element), hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version), software element (Breakdown_element), software element revision (Breakdown_element_version), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version), zone element (Zone_element), zone element revision (Zone_breakdown_version), hardware element realization (View_definition_usage), software element realization (View_definition_usage), hardware element in zone relationship (In_zone), product variant realization (Product_configuration), key performance indicator value (Representation), hardware part operational authorized life (Representation), security class (Security_classification), security classification (Security_classification_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), applicability statement (Effectivity, Dated_effectivity or Serial_effectivity), condition by identifier (Work_order), remark (Document_assignment), class (Class or External_class), or any prp value (Representation) to which the referenced publication module is assigned. |
Template #344 (Figure 20): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Document,
being instantiated in
template table:
Template #343(Figure 20), as being a publication module produced in
accordance with the ASD specification S1000D.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [S1000D_publication_module]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Document as a publication module produced in accordance with the ASD specification S1000D. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class used to classify the Document. | |
items | Document | The Document being classified as an S1000D publication module. |
Template #345 (Figure 20): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | S1000D publication module "Title".
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier) |
The "Title" of the publication module. | |
id_class_name | [S1000D_publication_module_title]![]() (S3000L path: @id_class_name = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the publication module "Title" (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad"
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the publication module "Title" (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the publication module "Title" (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = S1000D_publication_module.Publication_module_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Document | The publication module (Document) to which the "Title" is assigned. |
Template #346 (Figure 20): assigning_partial_document_reference | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Reference to a portion of an external document.
NOTE If there is no given value for a given portion of the document, then use the assigning_document_reference template instead. NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
doc_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The external document identifier. | |
doc_id_class_name |
"Document identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @doc_id_class_name = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document identifier (@doc_id). | |
doc_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_id_class_name. | |
doc_ver_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_ver_id = External_document.Document_issue_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The document revision identifier. | |
doc_ver_id_class_name |
"Progression identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Progression identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @doc_ver_id_class_name = External_document.Document_issue_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the document revision identifier (@doc_ver_id). | |
doc_ver_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_ver_id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_issue_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_ver_id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" both the document identifier (@id) and the document revision identifier (@doc_ver_id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@org_id) that "owns" the document identifier (@doc_id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
doc_portion | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_portion = Document_assignment.Document_portion -> Descr.Description) |
Textual description identifying the portion of the external document being referenced. | |
doc_asg_class_name | Any subclass of
"Document reference"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document reference),
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_class_name = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class that defines the role of the assigned external document (Document_version). | |
doc_asg_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @doc_asg_ecl_id = Document_assignment.Document_assignment_role -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @doc_asg_class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Document, Document_assignment, Part, Alternate_part_relationship, Promissory_usage, Organization, Breakdown, Breakdown_version, Breakdown_element, Breakdown_element_version, Zone_breakdown, Zone_breakdown_version, Zone_element, Zone_breakdown_version, In_zone, Assigned_property, View_definition_usage, Product_configuration, Security_classification, Security_classification_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Project, Effectivity, Dated_effectivity, Serial_effectivity, Work_order, External_class, Class, Representation. | The contract (Document), contracted product variant (Document_assignment), project (Project), organization (Organization), product (Part), product variant (Part), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), material (Part), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), breakdown (Breakdown), breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), zone breakdown (Zone_breakdown), zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version), hardware element (Breakdown_element), hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version), software element (Breakdown_element), software element revision (Breakdown_element_version), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version), zone element (Zone_element), zone element revision (Zone_breakdown_version), hardware element realization (View_definition_usage), software element realization (View_definition_usage), hardware element in zone relationship (In_zone), product variant realization (Product_configuration), key performance indicator value (Representation), hardware part operational authorized life (Representation), security class (Security_classification), security classification (Security_classification_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), applicability statement (Effectivity, Dated_effectivity or Serial_effectivity), condition by identifier (Work_order), remark (Document_assignment), class (Class or External_class), or any prp value (Representation) to which the referenced external document is assigned. |
Template #347 (Figure 20): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Additional external document identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The external document identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Document identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the external document identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the external document identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the external document identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Document | The external document (Document) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #348 (Figure 20): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | External document title.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier) |
The document title being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Document name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Document name) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the document title (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the document title(@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the document title (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name) or
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = External_document.Document_title -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Document | The external document (Document) to which the document title is assigned. |
Template #349 (Figure 20): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | External document type.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either a list of defined Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | [S1000D_external_document]![]() or any of its specializations [Specification_document] ![]() , [Drawing] ![]() , and [Technical_standards_document] ![]() , respectively. (S3000L path: @class_name = External_document.Document_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Document as an external document (or any of its specializations). | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @ecl_id = External_document.Document_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definitions for the proposed classes (@class_name). | |
items | Document | The Document being classified as an external document (or any of its specializations), in accordance with S3000L. |
NOTE
If the external document is defined using existing values, which cannot be easily mapped against the S3000L proposed classes,
then can either:
1. The Reference Data, as defined in the PLCS standard Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:std") or in the Aerospace and Defense
Reference Data Library ("urn:plcs:rdl:ad"),
be extended;
2. The assigning_code template be used in addition to
template table:
Template #349(Figure 20) where @class_name is set to [S1000D_external_document]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
The assigning_code
input parameter "@code_class_name" must then be set to [Document_type_classification_code]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
, or subclass thereof.
Also see section Data Type - Class below.
Template #350 (Figure 20): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Description of the location of the external document.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = External_document.Document_location -> Descr.Description) |
The text describing the location of the external document. | |
class_name | [Location_description]![]() |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Document | The external document(s) to which the location description is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the location description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #351 (Figure 20): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | External document issue date
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Document.Document_issue_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Document.Document_issue_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Document.Document_issue_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Document_version | The external document (Document_version) to which the issue date is assigned. |
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the S3000L concept:
A remark is represented using the
assigning_descriptor template,
where the text is classified as
[Remark]Error RDL4: The URI urn:plcs:rdl:ad is not listed in dexlib/data/refdata/rdl_index.xml
.
NOTE The product_property_limit template in Figure 22, representing hardware part operational life, key performance parameters etc, can be replaced by either the product_property_numeric, product_property_range, product_property_w_tolerances or product_property_text template.
NOTE The assigning_document template in Figure 22, representing document and document assignment (Document), can be replaced by the assigning_partial_document_reference template.
NOTE The assigning_effectivity template in Figure 22, representing applicability statements, can be replaced by either the assigning_serial_effectivity, assigning_dated_effectivity, or assigning_conditional_effectivity template.
Template #360 (Figure 22): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a remark.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Remark.Remark_text -> Descr.Description) |
The text being assigned as a remark. | |
class_name | [Remark]![]() , or subclass thereof (S3000L path: @descr = Remark.Remark_type -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Remark.Remark_type -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Document_assignment, Part, Organization, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Document, Breakdown, Breakdown_version, Breakdown_element, Breakdown_element_version, Zone_breakdown, Zone_breakdown_version, Zone_element, Zone_breakdown_version, In_zone, Alternate_part_relationship, Assembly_relationship_substitution, Effectivity, Item_usage_effectivity, View_definition_usage, Product_configuration, Project, Product_relationship, Independent_property_representation, Security_classification, Security_classification_assignment, Promissory_usage, Partial_document_assignment, Dated_effectivity, Serial_effectivity, Work_order, Assigned_property, External_class, Class, Representation. | The contracted product variant (Document_assignment), product (Part), product variant (Part), organization (Organization), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), contract (Document), breakdown (Breakdown), breakdown revision (Breakdown_version), hardware element (Breakdown_element), hardware element revision (Breakdown_element_version), software element (Breakdown_element), software element revision (Breakdown_element_version), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element revision (Breakdown_element_version), zone breakdown (Zone_breakdown), zone breakdown revision (Zone_breakdown_version), zone element (Zone_element), zone element revision (Zone_breakdown_version), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), material (Part), hardware element in zone relationship (In_zone), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), substitute part relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution), product variant applicability (Effectivity), product variant realization applicability (Item_usage_effectivity), hardware part operational authorized life (Assigned_property), key performance indicator (Assigned_property), hardware part material usage (View_definition_usage), hardware element realization (View_definition_usage), software element realization (View_definition_usage), product variant realization (Product_configuration), project (Project), breakdown element relationship (Product_relationship), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), mean time between failure correction (Independent_property_representation), failure rate correction (Independent_property_representation), security class (Security_classification), security classification (Security_classification_assignment), document (Document), document assignment (Document_assignment or Partial_document_assignment), applicability statement (Effectivity, Dated_effectivity or Serial_effectivity), condition by identifier (Work_order), serial number range (Serial_effectivity), any instance of data type class (Class or External_class), any instance of data type classification (Class or External_class), any instance of data type prp (Assigned_property, or any prp value (Representation) to which the remark is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the remark can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Applicability statement summary
This section describes the ISO 10303-239 representation of the following S3000L concepts:
The representation of applicability statements is subdivided into the following sections:
Textual (not-computable) applicability statement
The simplest type of applicability statement just contains a textual description. This applicability statement is not computer interpretable, i.e. it requires a human being to assert the applicability statement. Textual applicability statement is represented using the assigning_effectivity template, where the applicability statement description is assigned to the instantiated Effectivity entity using the assigning_descriptor template..
The applicability statement can also have an optional applicability statement identification, being assigned using the assigning_identification template.
NOTE The assigning_partial_document_reference template in Figure 23, representing document and document assignment (Document), can be replaced by the assigning_document_reference template.
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template in Figure 23, representing any instance of data types Class and Classification, can be replaced by the assigning_code template.
Template #370 (Figure 23): assigning_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The textual applicability statement
NOTE Parameter values below defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
eff_class_name | "Effectivity" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity) | The name of the Class being used to classify the applicability statement (Effectivity). | |
eff_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @eff_class_name. | |
role_class_name | [Applicability_assignment]![]() |
The name of the Class being used to classify the applicability assignment (Effectivity_assignment). This provides the role for the assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @role_class_name. | |
items | Security_classification_assignment, Document_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Promissory_usage, Partial_document_assignment, Alternate_part_relationship, Classification_assignment, Property_representation, Assembly_relationship_substitution , Independent_property_representation. | The security classification (Security_classification_assignment), any instance of data type descr (Document_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), document assignment (Document_assignment or Partial_document_assignment), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), any instance of data type class (Class or External_class), any instance of data type classification (Class or External_class), any instance of data type prp (Property_representation), substitute part relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution), mean time between failure correction (Independent_property_representation), or failure rate correction (Independent_property_representation) to which the applicability statement (Effectivity) can be assigned. |
Template #371 (Figure 23): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Applicability statement identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The applicability statement identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Effectivity identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Effectivity | The applicability statement (Effectivity) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #372 (Figure 23): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Textual description of the applicability statement.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_description -> Descr.Description) |
The textual description of the applicability statement. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Effectivity | The applicability statement (Effectivity) to which the description is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the applicability statement description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Dated applicability statement
Dated applicability statement is represented using the assigning_dated_effectivity template.
A dated applicability statement can have an optional applicability statement identification using the assigning_identification template, as well as an optional applicability statement description using the assigning_descriptor template.
NOTE The assigning_partial_document_reference template in Figure 24, representing document and document assignment (Document), can be replaced by the assigning_document_reference template.
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template in Figure 24, representing any instance of data types Class and Classification, can be replaced by the assigning_code template.
Template #380 (Figure 24): assigning_dated_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Dated applicability statement
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
start_year | (?)
(S3000L path: @start_year = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_start_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component, of the applicability start date and time. | |
start_month | (?)
(S3000L path: @start_month = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_start_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component, of the applicability start date and time. | |
start_day | (?)
(S3000L path: @start_day = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_start_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component, of the applicability start date and time. | |
start_hour | '/NULL' | Local_time hour_component of the applicability start date and time.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
start_minute | /NULL' | Local_time minute_component of the applicability start date and time.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
start_second | /NULL' | Local_time second_component of the applicability start date and time.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
start_sense | /NULL' | The direction of the offset. Enumeration values: 'ahead', 'exact' or 'behind'. | |
start_hour_offset | /NULL' | The number of hours by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. | |
start_minute_offset | /NULL' | The number of minutes by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. The value of this attribute need not be specified. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
end_year | (?)
(S3000L path: @end_year = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_end_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component, of the applicability end date and time. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
end_month | (?)
(S3000L path: @end_month = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_end_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component, of the applicability end date and time. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
end_day | (?)
(S3000L path: @end_day = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_end_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component, of the applicability end date and time. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
end_hour | /NULL' | Local_time hour_component of the applicability end date and time. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain
unset.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
end_minute | /NULL' | Local_time minute_component of the effectivity start date and time.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
end_second | /NULL' | Local_time second_component of the effectivity start date and time.
NOTE S3000L do not manage hours, minutes and seconds. Therefore must this parameter be set to “/NULL”. |
|
end_sense | /NULL' | The direction of the offset. Enumeration values: 'ahead', 'exact' or 'behind'. | |
end_hour_offset | /NULL' | The number of hours by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. | |
end_minute_offset | /NULL' | The number of minutes by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. The value of this attribute need not be specified. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
role_class_name | [Applicability_assignment]![]() |
The name of the Class being used to classify the dated applicability assignment (Effectivity_assignment). This provides the role for the assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @role_class_name. | |
items | Security_classification_assignment, Document_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Promissory_usage, Partial_document_assignment, Alternate_part_relationship, Classification_assignment, Property_representation, Assembly_relationship_substitution , Independent_property_representation. | The security classification (Security_classification_assignment), any instance of data type descr (Document_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), document assignment (Document_assignment or Partial_document_assignment), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), any instance of data type class (Class or External_class), any instance of data type classification (Class or External_class), any instance of data type prp (Property_representation), substitute part relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution), mean time between failure correction (Independent_property_representation), or failure rate correction (Independent_property_representation) to which the dated applicability statement (Dated_effectivity) can be assigned. |
Template #381 (Figure 24): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Dated applicability statement identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The dated applicability statement identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Effectivity identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the dated applicability statement identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the dated applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the dated applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Dated_effectivity | The dated applicability statement (Dated_effectivity) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #382 (Figure 24): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Textual description of the dated applicability statement.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Dated_applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_description -> Descr.Description) |
The textual description of the dated applicability statement. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Dated_effectivity | The dated applicability statement (Dated_effectivity) to which the description is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the dated applicability statement description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Applicability statement by assertion of serial number
Serial number applicability is represented using the assigning_serial_effectivity template.
The item for which the defined serial number range is valid is identified through the usage of the assigning_condition and assigning_reference_data templates. This construct is the same as is being used in defining a conditional effectivity statement (see also the assigning_conditional_effectivity template).
A serial number applicability statement can have an optional applicability statement identification using the assigning_identification template, as well as an optional applicability statement description using the assigning_descriptor template.
NOTE The assigning_partial_document_reference template in Figure 25, representing document and document assignment (Document), can be replaced by the assigning_document_reference template.
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template in Figure 25, representing any instance of data types Class and Classification, can be replaced by the assigning_code template.
Template #390 (Figure 25): assigning_serial_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Serial number applicability statement, derived from either a contracted product variant or serial number range.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
start_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @start_id = Block_of_serialized_items.Serial_number_lower_bound) |
Identification of the first serialized item within a range of serialized items. | |
end_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @end_id = Block_of_serialized_items.Serial_number_upper_bound) |
Identification of the last serialized item within the range of serialized items. | |
role_class_name | [Applicability_assignment]![]() |
The name of the Class being used to classify the serial applicability assignment (Effectivity_assignment). This provides the role for the assignment. | |
role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @role_class_name. | |
items | Security_classification_assignment, Document_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Promissory_usage, Partial_document_assignment, Alternate_part_relationship, Classification_assignment, Property_representation, Assembly_relationship_substitution , Independent_property_representation. | The security classification (Security_classification_assignment), any instance of data type descr (Document_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), document assignment (Document_assignment or Partial_document_assignment), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), any instance of data type class (Class or External_class), any instance of data type classification (Class or External_class), any instance of data type prp (Property_representation), substitute part relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution), mean time between failure correction (Independent_property_representation), or failure rate correction (Independent_property_representation) to which the serial number applicability statement (Serial_effectivity) can be assigned. |
Template #391 (Figure 25): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Serial number applicability statement identifier.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The applicability statement identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Effectivity identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Serial_effectivity | The serial number applicability statement (Serial_effectivity) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #392 (Figure 25): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Textual description of the serial applicability statement.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_description -> Descr.Description) |
The textual description of the serial applicability statement. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Serial_effectivity | The serial applicability statement (Serial_effectivity) to which the description is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the serial applicability statement description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #393 (Figure 25): assigning_condition | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Reference to the item for which the serial number range is identified.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
cond_item | Serial_effectivity | The applicability statement defining the serial number range. | |
cond_asg_class | "Effectivity context assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity context assignment) | The name of the External_class
used to classify the Condition_assignment and to provide the role or reason
for the assigned Condition.
NOTE This template instance uses the same classification that is used in the assigning_conditional_effectivity template. |
|
cond_asg_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @cond_asg_class. | |
cond_class | "Effectivity context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity context) | The name of the External_class
used to classify the Condition entity.
NOTE This template instance uses the same classification that is used in the assigning_conditional_effectivity template. |
|
cond_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @cond_class. | |
cond_para_item | Part | The product variant or part for which the serial number applicability is defined. |
Template #394 (Figure 25): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification of the Condition_parameter instantiated in
template table:
Template #393(Figure 25). This provides the same construct as is
defined in a conditional effectivity statement (see assigning_conditional_effectivity).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, or as a list of Class names, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name |
"Product variant condition parameter"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Product variant condition parameter) or [Part_condition_parameter]![]() |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the Condition_parameter in order to provide the overall context for the serial applicability statement. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @class_name. | |
items | Condition_parameter | The Condition_parameter which is classified with respect to provide context for the serial applicability statement. |
Applicability statement by assertion of condition parameters (except serial number)
This section describes how to represent applicability statements that are defined using data that is either:
This kind of applicability statement is represented using the assigning_conditional_effectivity template. The statement to be asserted is referenced by the assigning_conditional_effectivity template condition parameter item (@condition_para_item). This parameter can refer to any of the following:
The applicability statement can also have an optional applicability statement identification using the assigning_identification template, as well as an optional applicability statement description using the assigning_descriptor template.
NOTE The assigning_partial_document_reference template in Figure 26, representing document and document assignment (Document), can be replaced by the assigning_document_reference template.
NOTE The assigning_reference_data template in Figure 26, representing any instance of data types Class and Classification, can be replaced by the assigning_code template.
NOTE The Effectivity entity used within the assigning_conditional_effectivity template can be replaced by Dated_effectivity. An applicability statement can also be a combination of dated applicability statement or serial number applicability statement and applicability statement assertion. However, there is currently no OASIS template that represents this combination.
Template #400 (Figure 26): assigning_conditional_effectivity | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Applicability statement by assertion of condition parameter.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as PLCS entities, or as a list of Classes , means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
para_class |
[User_condition_parameter]![]() , "Customer condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Customer condition parameter), "Product variant condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Product variant condition parameter), "Product configuration parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Product configuration parameter), "Position in product condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Position in product condition parameter), [Part_condition_parameter] ![]() , [Contract_condition_parameter] ![]() , [Contracted_product_condition_parameter] ![]() , [Part_realization_condition_parameter] ![]() , [Property_value_range_condition_parameter] ![]() , "Operational state condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Operational state condition parameter), "Operational environment condition parameter" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Operational environment condition parameter), [Maintenance_environment_condition_parameter] ![]() , [Service_bulletin_condition_parameter] ![]() . |
The name of the External_class
being used to classify the Condition_parameter. This provides the applicability context for the item that is to be asserted.
NOTE E.g. an organization can be either a user, a customer or an authorizing organization. @para_class provides this role information. |
|
para_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" or "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @para_class. | |
target_items | Security_classification_assignment, Document_assignment, Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment, Promissory_usage, Partial_document_assignment, Alternate_part_relationship, Classification_assignment, Property_representation, Assembly_relationship_substitution, Independent_property_representation. | The security classification (Security_classification_assignment), any instance of data type descr (Document_assignment), organization assignment (Organization_or_person_in_organization_assignment), parts list entry (Promissory_usage), document assignment (Document_assignment or Partial_document_assignment), alternate part relationship (Alternate_part_relationship), any instance of data type class (Class or External_class), any instance of data type classification (Class or External_class), any instance of data type prp (Property_representation), substitute part relationship (Assembly_relationship_substitution), mean time between failure correction (Independent_property_representation), or failure rate correction (Independent_property_representation) to which the applicability statement (Effectivity) can be assigned. | |
condition_para_item | Part, Document, Document_assignment, Breakdown_element, Zone_element, Product_configuration, View_definition_usage, Organization, Independent_property_representation, Applied_state_definition_assignment, State_definition. | The parameters against which the @target_items can be asserted;
product variant realization (Product_configuration), zone element (Zone_element), product variant (Part), hardware part (Part), software part (Part), contract (Document), hardware element realization (View_definition_usage), software element realization (View_definition_usage), contracted product variant (Document_assignment), hardware element (Breakdown_element), software element (Breakdown_element), aggregated element (Breakdown_element), customer (Organization), user (Organization), condition statement (Applied_state_definition_assignment), condition type (State_definition) or condition type property (Independent_property_representation). |
Template #401 (Figure 26): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Conditional applicability statement identifier
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The applicability statement identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name |
"Effectivity identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Effectivity identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id), and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class (@id_class_name) used to classify the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The identifier or name of the organization that "owns" the applicability statement identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). For example "CAGE_code". | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | Effectivity, Serial_effectivity, or Dated_effectivity | The conditional applicability statement (Effectivity, Serial_effectivity, or Dated_effectivity) to which the identifier is assigned. |
Template #402 (Figure 26): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Textual description of the applicability statement.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?)
(S3000L path: @descr = Applicability_statement.Applicability_statement_description -> Descr.Description) |
The textual description of the applicability statement. | |
class_name | "Description" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Description) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the definition of the Class referenced by the parameter @class_name. | |
is_assigned_to | Effectivity, Serial_effectivity, or Dated_effectivity | The applicability statement (Effectivity, Serial_effectivity, or Dated_effectivity) to which the description is assigned. |
NOTE Additional characterizations of the template used for representing the applicability statement description can be done in accordance with what is described in section Data Type - Descr.
Template #405 (Figure 26): representing_state_type | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | A defined state (S3000L Condition_type_value_class), used in ASD applicability statements.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE There is currently no mechanism in PLCS that supports exchange of complete lists of condition types and its allowed values. This DEX just provides one condition type value at the time without defining its context (i.e. condition type). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
sd_class_name |
Valid subclass of
"State definition"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:State definition).
Examples: [Ashore] (S3000L path: @sd_class_name = Condition_type_class_value.Condition_type_class_value -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the defined state that is to be asserted within the applicability statement. | |
sd_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @sd_ecl_id = Condition_type_class_value.Condition_type_class_value -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @sd_class_name. |
Template #406 (Figure 26): representing_independent_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Property used for defining applicability statements.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. NOTE There is currently no mechanism in PLCS that supports exchange of complete lists of condition types and its allowed values. This DEX just provides one condition type value at the time without defining its context (i.e. condition type). |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | Valid subclass of Independent_property.
Examples: [Temperature]![]() , [Wind_speed] ![]() (S3000L path: @sd_class_name = Condition_type. Condition_type_name -> Class.Class_name) |
The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @sd_class_name = Condition_type. Condition_type_name -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. |
Template #407 (Figure 26): independent_property_range | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Value range and unit to be asserted.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as "any individual or subclass of" a Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
upper_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Condition_type_property_value.Condition_type_property_value -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Upper_limit_value) |
The upper limit value of the property. The datatype must also be indicated in this parameter, e.g. "ANY_NUMBER_VALUE(5)". | |
lower_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Condition_type_property_value.Condition_type_property_value -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Lower_limit_value) |
The lower limit value of the property. The datatype must also be indicated in this parameter, e.g. "ANY_NUMBER_VALUE(5)". | |
unit | Any individual or subclass of
"Unit"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit).
(S3000L path: @value = Condition_type_property_value.Condition_type_property_value -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = Condition_type_property_value.Condition_type_property_value -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "true" or "false" | Value must be set to "true" if the @unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO. If this is not the case it must be set to "false". | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the Class being used to classify the "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Independent_property | The Independent_property instantiated in template table: Template #406(Figure 26) representing the property to be asserted. |
Template #408 (Figure 26): referencing_work_order | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a work order (e.g. Service bulletin) as a defined a condition by identification (S3000L Condition_by_identifier).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier) |
The work order identifier. | |
id_class_name |
"Work order identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Work order identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @id_class_name = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class being used to classify the work order identifier (@id). | |
id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @id_ecl_id = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier) |
The name or identifier of the organization that "owns" the work order identifier (@id). | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the Class being used to classify the identification of the organization (@org_id) that "owns" the work order identifier (@id). E.g. CAGE code, or organization name. | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Condition_by_identifier.Condition_identifier -> Id.Identifier_set_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
act_id | "/NULL" | The identifier of the activity (Directed_activity) that has been authorized by the Work_order. | |
act_id_class_name | "Activity identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Activity identification code) | The name of the class used to classify the identifier in parameter @act_idand so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
act_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the @act_id_class_name class | |
act_org_id | "/NULL" | The identifier of the organization that "owns" the version identifier. | |
act_org_id_class_name | "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) | The name of the class being used to classify the identification of the organization that "owns" the version identifier. For example CAGE code. | |
act_org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the @act_org_id_class_name class |
Template #409 (Figure 26): assigning_state_type | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | State definition to be asserted for an identified condition (e.g. "Pre" or "Post" for an identified Service Bulletin).
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a list of Class names, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
sd_class_name | [Pre_activity_state]![]() or [Post_activity_state] ![]() (S3000L path: @sd_class_name = Condition_type_class_value.Condition_type_class_value -> Class.Class_name) |
The name of the External_class that defines the state definition against which the applicability statement target item is to be asserted. | |
sd_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @sd_class_name = Condition_type_class_value.Condition_type_class_value -> Class.Class_rdl) |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the External_class referenced by parameter @sd_class_name. | |
sd_role_class_name | "Applied state definition assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Applied state definition assignment) | The name of the class that defines the role of the state type being assigned. | |
sd_role_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the @sd_role_class_name. | |
assigned_to | Work_order | Work_order representing the identified condition. |
Applicability Statement using Logical Operators
An applicability statement can contain more than one condition that must be asserted. This is done using compound condition statements along with AND or OR operators. Logical operators in PLCS are represented using the representing_condition_relationship template.
NOTE This DEX does not support the usage of XOR and NOT operators.
NOTE The use of assigning_conditional_effectivity in Figure 27 can be replaced by the use of assigning_condition, as described in Figure 25 for a serial number effectivity, as long as the respective applicability statement is associated with to the same target item.
Template #420 (Figure 27): representing_condition_relationship | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Logical operator, associating two conditions that must be evaluated together as one logical expression.
NOTE Selection of Class defined within the input parameter 'class_name', and values below defined as PLCS entities, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name |
"AND"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:AND) or
"OR"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:OR).
(S3000L path: @class_name = Applicability_evaluation_using_logical_operator -> AND/OR) |
The name of the External_class that defines the logical operator. | |
ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the @class_name | |
relating | Condition | The relating condition (Condition). | |
related | Condition | The related condition (Condition). |
The "Aerospace and Defense DEX1 - Product Breakdown for Support" message always starts with a reference to one or many product variants. Each instantiated product variant therefore represents a so called message content item. A content item is the starting point for traversing the data set being exchanged. The representation of a product variant is described in the Product and Project section above.
Each data exchange file contains an instance of Message. This instance of Message can be regarded as a wrapper for all the data contained within the message. Message is represented and instantiated using the representing_message template.
A message can be associated with an sending organization, represented using the assigning_organization template. This instance of Organization is assigned to the Message in the role of a "Sender of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Sender of).
A message can also be associated with one or many receiving organizations, each represented using the assigning_organization template. Each instantiated Organization is assigned to the Message in the role of a "Receiver of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Receiver of).
Template #500 (Figure 28): representing_message | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a message in accordance with
Aerospace_and_Defense.AD_prod_breakdown
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
rep_msg_id | (?) | Message identification | |
rep_msg_id_class_name | "Message identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Message identification code) | The name of the class being used to classify the identification (Identification_assignment) of the message. This provides the role or reason for the identification. | |
rep_msg_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @id_class_name. | |
rep_msg_id_owner | (?) | The name or identifier of the organization owning the id or name. | |
rep_msg_id_owner_class_name | "Organization name" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name), "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof. | The name of the class being used to classify the identification of the organization. For example CAGE code, or organization name. | |
rep_msg_id_owner_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library storing the @id_owner_class_name. | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the class being used to classify the role date assignment, e.g. the message sending date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the date_class_name. | |
year | (?) | The 'year' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. | |
month | (?) | The 'month' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. | |
day | (?) | The 'day' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. This can be in local time or UTC | |
hour | (?) | The 'hour' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. This can be in local time or UTC. | |
minute | (?) | The 'minute' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. This can be in local time or UTC. | |
second | (?) | The 'second' component of: the date the data was extracted from the system and the message created. This can be in local time or UTC | |
sense | "exact" | The direction of the offset. Enumeration values: 'ahead', 'exact' or 'behind'. | |
hour_offset | (?) | The number of hours by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. | |
minute_offset | (?) | The number of minutes by which a time is offset from Coordinated Universal Time. The value of this attribute need not be specified. This parameter is optional. If not given, it will remain unset. | |
ap239_id_class_name | "ISO 10303-239 edition 1, OASIS DEX Ballot R1 message" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:ISO 10303-239 edition 1, OASIS DEX Ballot R1 message) | The name of the class being used to classify the Message as a container of ISO 10303-239 data of a given version. The subclasses identify the version of ISO 10303-239 to which the data in the message conforms. A subclass of the following is to be used. | |
ap239_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the @ap239_id_class_name | |
dex_id_class_name | [DEX_message_ad_product_breakdown_for_support_v1]![]() |
The name of the class being used to classify the Message as a container of an identified DEX. The subclasses define the DEX to which the data in the message conforms. A subclass of the following is to be used. | |
dex_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:ad" | The id of the External_class_library storing the @dex_id_class_name | |
content | Part | Message can contain one or many product variants (represented as instances of Part). |
Template #501 (Figure 28): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The sending organization.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?) | The name or identifier of the sending organization. | |
org_id_class_name | "Organization name" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name), "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof. | The name of the Class used to classify the name of the sending organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@org_id_class_name) used to classify the name of the sending organization (@org_id). | |
org_assgn_class_name | "Sender of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Sender of) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Message | The message (represented by entity Message) to which the sending organization is assigned. |
Template #502 (Figure 28): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | The receiving organization.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?) | The name or identifier of the receiving organization. | |
org_id_class_name | "Organization name" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name), "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof. | The name of the Class used to classify the name of the receiving organization (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the External_class (@org_id_class_name) used to classify the name of the receiving organization (@org_id). | |
org_assgn_class_name | "Receiver of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Receiver of) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | Message | The message (represented by entity Message) to which the receiving organization is assigned. |
Data types defined in the S3000L data model are represented using basic assignments in PLCS. This means that when an object in the data model has an attribute that is defined as e.g. data type Date, it is represented in PLCS as a date entity which is assigned to the item under consideration. Therefore, most data types in the data model are mapped against the basic "assigning" templates in PLCS.
Data Type - Date
Data type "Date" is represented using the PLCS assigning_calendar_date template. This template contains the year, month and day components, as well as a required classification defining the type of date that is assigned e.g. "creation_date".
Template #550 (Figure 29): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a Date.
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | Any subclass of "Date or date time assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date or date time assignment) | The name of the class being used to classify the role date assignment, e.g. the start date. | |
date_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?) | Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?) | Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?) | Calendar_date day_component | |
items | date_or_date_time_select | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Data Type - Id
Data type "Id" is represented using the PLCS assigning_identification template, which contains the identifier, the classification of the identifier (i.e. the Id Identifier_class attribute), and a mandatory organization in the role of "owner of" the identifier (i.e. the Id Identifier_set_by_organization attribute).
Template #560 (Figure 30): assigning_identification | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of an Id (Identifier or a Name)
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
id | (?) | The identifier being assigned. | |
id_class_name | Any subclass of "Identifier type" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Identifier type) | The name of the class used to classify the identifier (@id) and so provide the role or reason for the identification. | |
id_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library storing the @id_class_name. | |
org_id | (?) | The identifier of the organization that "owns" the identifier. | |
org_id_class_name | "Organization name" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name), "Organization identification code" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof. | The name of the class being used to classify the identification of the organization, or the organization name (@org_id). For example CAGE code. | |
org_id_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library storing the @org_id_class_name. | |
items | identification_item | The items to which the identification is assigned |
Data Type - Descr
Data type "Descr" is represented using the PLCS assigning_descriptor template, optionally characterized with a "provided date" using the assigning_calendar_date template, and a "providing organization" using the assigning_organization template.
Template #570 (Figure 31): assigning_descriptor | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a Description.
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
descr | (?) | The text being assigned as a descriptor. | |
class_name | Any subclass of "Descriptor assignment" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Descriptor assignment) | The name of the class (External_class) being used to determine type of descriptor. | |
ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library that stores the class. | |
is_assigned_to | documented_element_select | The entity to which the Document_assignment is assigned. |
Template #571 (Figure 31): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional date when the description was provided.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Descr.Description_provided_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Descr.Description_provided_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Descr.Description_provided_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | The Document representing the descriptor (part of template assigning_descriptor). | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Template #572 (Figure 31): assigning_organization | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional organization that created the description.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a Class name with the extension "or subclass thereof", or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
org_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id = Decr.Description_provided_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier |
The name or identifier of the organization. | |
org_id_class_name |
"Organization name"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization name),
"Organization identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Organization identification code) or subclass thereof.
(S3000L path: @org_id_class_name = Decr.Description_provided_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the Class used to classify the organization identifier or organization name (@org_id). | |
org_id_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @org_id_ecl_id = Decr.Description_provided_by_organization -> Organization.Organization_identifier/Organization.Organization_name -> Id.Identifier_class -> Class.Class_rdl |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_id_class_name. | |
org_assgn_class_name | "Creator of" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Creator of) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned organization. | |
org_assgn_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @org_assgn_class_name. | |
items | The Document representing the descriptor (part of template assigning_descriptor). | The items to which the organization is assigned |
Data Type - Class
The business model data type "Class" is represented using either the assigning_reference_data template, or the assigning_code template. The assigning_reference_data template is to be used when the value of "Class.Class_name" is defined in an external Reference Data Library (RDL). The "Class.Class_rdl" attribute will contain the urn for the associated RDL. The assigning_code template is to be used when the "Class.Class_rdl" attribute is left empty, i.e. there is no definition of the "Class.Class_name" in any RDL.
Template #580 (Figure 32): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of Class, defined as external Reference Data.
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"PLCS-ARM-LF-THING"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:PLCS-ARM-LF-THING)
(S3000L path: @class_name = ...... -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @ecl_id = ...... -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | classification_item | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #581 (Figure 32): assigning_code | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a Class, NOT defined as external Reference Data.
NOTE The input parameter values for this template must be based on the input parameter values that are defined for the respective usage of a corresponding assigning_reference_data template table. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = ...... -> Class.Class_name |
The text representing the code. | |
code_class_name | any subtype of
"Class identification code"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Class identification code)
NOTE @code_class_name to be used must determined in an exchange agreement, and must be determined for each usage of assigning_code template. This is an important part of the tailoring of the DEX. |
The name of the class in the reference data library (External_class) being used to determine type of code. | |
code_ecl_id | (?)
NOTE @code_ecl_id to be used must determined in an exchange agreement along with "@code_class_name", and must be determined for each usage of assigning_code template. This is an important part of the tailoring of the DEX. |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the External_class given in @code_class_name. | |
items | classification_item | The items to which the Class is assigned. |
Data Type - Classification
Data type "Classification" is represented using either the assigning_reference_data or the assigning_code template (as described in section Data Type - Class), together with a mandatory assigned Date using the assigning_calendar_date template.
Template #585 (Figure 31): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Classification date.
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | (?) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | (?) | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?) | Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?) | Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?) | Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Classification_assignment | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Data Type - Prp
The data type "Prp" is represented using either the assigning_product_property or the representing_independent_property template, together with its respective value representation(s). The value of a property can be represented in five different ways:
NOTE This section only describes the use of product properties (assigning_product_property), but it also applies to the use of independent properties (representing_independent_property).
These different value representations are represented using five different templates. Each of those templates can be used interchangeably for most of the properties being defined in the previous sections. The five templates are defined in detail in the next sections.
Furthermore, all property representations have an optional a creation date (assigning_calendar_date), and an optional determination method (using external reference data assigning_reference_data).
The assigning_product_property template contains the name of the property.
Single numerical value with unit
Template product_property_numeric represents a single "value with unit".
Template #600 (Figure 34): assigning_product_property | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Assigning a property
NOTE The input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table defined in the previous sections. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
property_class_name | (?) | The class name corresponding to the property name. | |
property_ecl_id | (?) | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @property_class_name. | |
described_element | (?) | The item to which the property is assigned |
Template #601 (Figure 34): product_property_numeric | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Assignment of a single numerical property value, and unit, to a named property.
NOTE Since this has been the default representation for most of the properties that has been defined in the previous sections, the input parameters are to be populated in accordance with the respective Template table instance. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?) | The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
unit | (?) | The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?) | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | (?) |
Value should be set to true if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO, i.e.
kilogram (kg) for Mass,
second (s) for Time,
metre (m) for Displacement,
ampere (A) for Electrical current,
kelvin (K) for Temperature,
mole (mol) for Amount of substance, and
candela (cd) for Luminous intensity. If this is not the case it should be set to false.
Note that the representation of true and false depends on exchange format. In Part 11 (a STEP file) true is represented by the string ".T.", and false by ".F.", while in Part 28 (XML) they are represented by text strings "true" and "false". |
|
context | (?) | The name of the class being used to classify the Representation_context of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | (?) | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The target of the template, i.e. the Assigned_property (or template assigning_product_property) to which the Property_representation is related. |
Template #602 (Figure 34): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional classification of the property value determination method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either, 'any subclass of' a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"Property value representation"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Property value representation)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_unit_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_unit_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | Representation | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #603 (Figure 34): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional property value creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Value_with_unit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Value_with_unit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Value_with_unit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Value with limit
Template product_property_limit represents a maximum or minimum value with unit ("value_with_limit").
Template #604 (Figure 35): product_property_limit | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a numerical value with a maximum or minimum limit, and a unit.
NOTE The input parameter values for this template must be based on the input parameter values that are defined for the respective usage of a corresponding product_property_numeric template table. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @limit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Value NOTE "@limit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The qualified numerical value representing either the lower limit or the upper limit of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value, i.e. enter the value as a number, without datatype. | |
qualifier | "maximum" or "minimum".
(S3000L path: @qualifier = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Limit_qualifier NOTE "@qualifier = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The limit qualifier of the property. Allowed values are 'maximum' or 'minimum' | |
unit | Any subtype of
"Unit"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit)
(S3000L path: @unit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Unit - Class.Class_name NOTE "@unit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_limit_property.Unit - Class.Class_rdl NOTE "@unit_ecl_id = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true"
NOTE The same value must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
Value should be set to true if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO, i.e.
kilogram (kg) for Mass,
second (s) for Time,
metre (m) for Displacement,
ampere (A) for Electrical current,
kelvin (K) for Temperature,
mole (mol) for Amount of substance, and
candela (cd) for Luminous intensity. If this is not the case it should be set to false.
Note that the representation of true and false depends on exchange format. In Part 11 (a STEP file) true is represented by the string ".T.", and false by ".F.", while in Part 28 (XML) they are represented by text strings "true" and "false". |
|
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the class being used to classify the Representation_context of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The target of the template, i.e. the Assigned_property (or template assigning_product_property) to which the Property_representation is related. |
Template #605 (Figure 35): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional classification of the property value determination method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either, 'any subclass of' a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"Property value representation"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Property value representation)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_limit_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_limit_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | Representation | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #606 (Figure 35): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional property value creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Value_with_limit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Value_with_limit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Value_with_limit_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Value with tolerances, and unit
product_property_w_tolerances represents a value with unit and tolerances, upper and lower ("value_with_tolerances").
Template #607 (Figure 36): product_property_w_tolerances | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a numerical value with tolerances, and a unit.
NOTE The input parameter values for this template must be based on the input parameter values that are defined for the respective usage of a corresponding product_property_numeric template table. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_tolerances_property.Value NOTE "@value = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value i.e. enter the value as a number, without the datatype. | |
upper_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @upper_limit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_tolerances_property.Upper_offset_value NOTE "@upper_limit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The upper tolerance limit of the property value. | |
lower_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @lower_limit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_tolerances_property.Lower_offset_value NOTE "@lower_limit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The lower tolerance limit of the property value. This value should always be negative as upper_limit and lower_limit represent offsets from value, specifying a range of values defined as [value+lower_limit, value+upper_limit]. | |
unit | Any subtype of
"Unit"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit).
(S3000L path: @unit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_tolerances_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name NOTE "@unit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced by an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = ...... -> Prp -> Value_with_tolerances_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl NOTE "@unit_ecl_id = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" |
Value should be set to true if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO, i.e.
kilogram (kg) for Mass,
second (s) for Time,
metre (m) for Displacement,
ampere (A) for Electrical current,
kelvin (K) for Temperature,
mole (mol) for Amount of substance, and
candela (cd) for Luminous intensity. If this is not the case it should be set to false.
Note that the representation of true and false depends on exchange format. In Part 11 (a STEP file) true is represented by the string ".T.", and false by ".F.", while in Part 28 (XML) they are represented by text strings "true" and "false". |
|
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the class being used to classify the Representation_context of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The target of the template, i.e. the Assigned_property (or template assigning_product_property) to which the Property_representation is related. |
Template #608 (Figure 36): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional classification of the property value determination method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either, 'any subclass of' a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"Property value representation"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Property value representation)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_tolerances_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_with_tolerances_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | Representation | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #609 (Figure 36): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional property value creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Value_with_tolerances_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Value_with_tolerances_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Value_with_tolerances_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Value range with unit
product_property_range represents a "value range", with unit.
Template #610 (Figure 37): product_property_range | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a value range and a unit.
NOTE The input parameter values for this template must be based on the input parameter values that are defined for the respective usage of a corresponding product_property_numeric template table. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
upper_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @upper_limit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Upper_limit_value NOTE "@upper_limit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The upper limit value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value i.e. enter the value as a number, without the datatype. | |
lower_limit | (?)
(S3000L path: @lower_limit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Lower_limit_value NOTE "@lower_limit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The lower limit value of the property. The datatype is always 'any_number_value' and should not be registered together with the value i.e. enter the value as a number, without the datatype. | |
unit | Any subtype of
"Unit"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Unit).
(S3000L path: @unit = ...... -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Unit -> Class.Class_name NOTE "@unit = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The name of the unit in which the value is expressed, referenced through an External_class. | |
unit_ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @unit_ecl_id = ...... -> Prp -> Value_range_property.Unit -> Class.Class_rdl NOTE "@unit_ecl_id = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the unit name referenced by the parameter @unit. | |
si_unit | "false" or "true" |
Value should be set to true if the unit is a SI base unit defined by ISO, i.e.
kilogram (kg) for Mass,
second (s) for Time,
metre (m) for Displacement,
ampere (A) for Electrical current,
kelvin (K) for Temperature,
mole (mol) for Amount of substance, and
candela (cd) for Luminous intensity. If this is not the case it should be set to false.
Note that the representation of true and false depends on exchange format. In Part 11 (a STEP file) true is represented by the string ".T.", and false by ".F.", while in Part 28 (XML) they are represented by text strings "true" and "false". |
|
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the class being used to classify the Representation_context of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The target of the template, i.e. the Assigned_property (or template assigning_product_property) to which the Property_representation is related. |
Template #611 (Figure 37): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional classification of the property value determination method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either, 'any subclass of' a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"Property value representation"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Property value representation)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_range_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Value_range_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | Representation | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #612 (Figure 37): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional property value creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Value_range_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Value_range_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Value_range_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The items to which the date is assigned. |
Textual property value
product_property_text represents a textual property.
Template #613 (Figure 38): product_property_text | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Representation of a textual property value.
NOTE The input parameter values for this template must be based on the input parameter values that are defined for the respective usage of a corresponding product_property_numeric template table. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
value | (?)
(S3000L path: @value = ...... -> Prp -> Text_property.text NOTE "@value = ...... ->" means that the same path must be used as is being defined for the corresponding instance of product_property_numeric template table. |
The text value of the property. | |
context | "Representation context" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Representation context) | The name of the class being used to classify the Representation_context of the property. | |
context_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The identifier of the External_class_library storing the definition of the class referenced by the parameter @context. | |
property | Assigned_property | The property to which the text representation is assigned |
Template #614 (Figure 38): assigning_reference_data | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional classification of the property value determination method.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either, 'any subclass of' a defined Class name, or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
class_name | Any subclass of
"Property value representation"
(urn:plcs:rdl:std:Property value representation)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Text_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_name |
The name of the External_class being used. | |
ecl_id | (?)
(S3000L path: @class_name = Text_property.Property_determination -> Class.Class_rdl |
The id of the External_class_library that stores the definition for the class being used. | |
items | Representation | The items to which the External_class is assigned. |
Template #615 (Figure 38): assigning_calendar_date | |||
---|---|---|---|
Description | Optional property value creation date.
NOTE Parameter values below defined as either (?), or as a PLCS entity, means that the actual parameter value is determined at runtime by the sending application. |
||
Parameter name: | Parameter value: | Parameter description: | |
date_class_name | "Date actual creation" (urn:plcs:rdl:std:Date actual creation) | The name of the Class being used to classify the role of the assigned date. | |
date_ecl_id | "urn:plcs:rdl:std" | The id of the External_class_library in which the @date_class_name is defined. | |
year | (?)
(S3000L path: @year = Text_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Year_component) |
Calendar_date year_component | |
month | (?)
(S3000L path: @month = Text_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Month_component) |
Calendar_date month_component | |
day | (?)
(S3000L path: @day = Text_property.Property_creation_date -> Date.Day_component) |
Calendar_date day_component | |
items | Representation | The items to which the date is assigned. |
© OASIS 2010 — All rights reserved